NZ749334B2 - System for reducing medical errors - Google Patents
System for reducing medical errors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ749334B2 NZ749334B2 NZ749334A NZ74933413A NZ749334B2 NZ 749334 B2 NZ749334 B2 NZ 749334B2 NZ 749334 A NZ749334 A NZ 749334A NZ 74933413 A NZ74933413 A NZ 74933413A NZ 749334 B2 NZ749334 B2 NZ 749334B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- user
- drug
- user interface
- drug library
- present disclosure
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 1431
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 1389
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 claims description 245
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 118
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 244
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 145
- 238000012508 change request Methods 0.000 description 105
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 104
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 72
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 50
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 40
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 29
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 13
- 244000208734 Pisonia aculeata Species 0.000 description 12
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 10
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 208000014769 Usher Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 8
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920006092 Strator® Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 101100536354 Drosophila melanogaster tant gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002572 peristaltic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N aciclovir Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(COCCO)C=N2 MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004150 aciclovir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000036592 analgesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- -1 clinical use Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009533 lab test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035764 nutrition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000955 prescription drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 206010001526 Air embolism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000776471 DPANN group Species 0.000 description 1
- JRWZLRBJNMZMFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dobutamine Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C(O)=CC=1CCNC(C)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JRWZLRBJNMZMFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010033307 Overweight Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000046052 Phaseolus vulgaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010627 Phaseolus vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001089 dobutamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012806 monitoring device Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007670 refining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013068 supply chain management Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
- G16H20/10—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
- G16H20/10—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
- G16H20/17—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients delivered via infusion or injection
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/60—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/63—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for local operation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/60—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/67—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H50/00—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
- G16H50/20—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for computer-aided diagnosis, e.g. based on medical expert systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H70/00—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical references
- G16H70/40—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical references relating to drugs, e.g. their side effects or intended usage
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/10—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for controlling access to devices or network resources
- H04L63/105—Multiple levels of security
Abstract
medical error reduction system may include a medical error reduction software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. The software configured to provide one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. Each of the plurality of sets of privileges arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The degree of software functionality configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer each of the at least one editor computer comprising a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be configured to communicate via a network in a client-server based model. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use in at least one medical device. arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The degree of software functionality configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer each of the at least one editor computer comprising a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be configured to communicate via a network in a client-server based model. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use in at least one medical device.
Description
SYSTEM FOR REDUCING MEDICAL ERRORS CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS The present application is a divisional application divided out of NZ 747170, which is itself divided out of NZ 709292, which claims the benefit of US ,253, US 13/723,239, US 61/740,474 and US 13/723,242, each of which was filed on 21 December 2012, US 13/900,655 and PCT/US13/42350, both filed on 23 May 2013, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
The present application is also a Non-Provisional ation which claims the t of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/740,474, filed December 21, 2012 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Communicating Data (Attorney Docket No. J80), which is hereby incorporated herein by nce in its entirety.
The present application is also a Continuation-In-Part Application of U.S. Patent ation Serial Number 13/723,253, filed December 21, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now U.S. Publication No. US- 2013A1, published July 25, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J85), which claims priority to and the t of the following: U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/578,649, filed er 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid (Attorney Docket No.
J02); U.S. ional Patent Application Serial No. 61/578,658, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery (Attorney Docket No. J04); U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/578,674, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing Oral tions (Attorney Docket No. J05); U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/651,322, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and tus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. J46); and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/679,117, filed August 3, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow ney Docket No. J30), each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/723,253 is a Continuation-In-Part of U.S.
Patent Application Serial Number 1 3/333,574, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now US. Publication No.
US—2012—0185267—A1, published July 19, 2012 (Attorney Docket No. 197), and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US1 1/66588, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No.
I97WO), both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
US Patent Application Serial Number 13/333,574 is a Continuation—In—Part Application of US Patent ation No. 13/011,543, filed January 21, 2011 and entitled Electronic Patient Monitoring System, now US. Publication No. US—2011—0313789—A1, published December 22, 2011 (Attorney Docket No. 152), which claims priority to US. ional Patent Application No. 61/297,544, filed January 22, 2010 and entitled Electronic Order Intermediation System for a Medical ty (Attorney Docket No.
H53), both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
This application is also Continuation—In—Part Application of US Patent Application Serial No. 13/723,239, filed December 21, 2012 and entitled , Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now US. Publication No. US0297330-A1, published November 7, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J77), which claims priority to and the benefit of the following: US Provisional Patent ation Serial No. 61/578,649, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid (Attorney Docket No.
J02); US. Provisional Patent ation Serial No. ,65 8, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and tus for ting Liquid Delivery (Attorney Docket No. J04); US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/578,674, filed er 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing Oral Medications (Attorney Docket No. J05); US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/651,322, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. J46); and US Provisional Patent ation Serial No. 61/679,117, filed August 3, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow ney Docket No. J30), each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
US. Patent Application Serial No. ,239 claims priority to, benefit of, and is also a Continuation—In—Part Application of the following: US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/333,574, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now US. Publication No.
US—2012—0185267—A1, published July 19, 2012 (Attorney Docket No. 197), which is a Continuation—In—Part Application of US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/011,543, filed January 21, 2011 and entitled Electronic Patient Monitoring System, now US.
Publication No. US—2011—0313789—A1, published er 22, 2011 ney Docket No. 152), which claims priority to US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/297,544, filed January 22, 2010 and entitled Electronic Order Intermediation System for a Medical Facility (Attorney Docket No. H53); and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/USl 1/66588, filed December 21, 2011 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Electronic t Care, now International Publication No. , published September 12, 2013 (Attorney Docket No.
I97WO), each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
This application is also a Continuation—In—Part ation of US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/723,242, filed December 21, 2012 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now US. ation No. US 0317753—A1, published er 28, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J78), which claims priority to and the benefit of the following: US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/651,322, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. J46), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
This application is also a Continuation—In—Part Application of US. Serial No. l3/900,655, filed May 23, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, now US. Publication No. US03l7837-Al, published November 28, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. K66) which claims priority to and the benefit of US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/651,322, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. J46), both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
US. Patent Application Serial No. ,655 is also a uation—In—Part Application which claims priority to and the benefit of the following: US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/480,444, filed May 24, 2012 and ed Blood Treatment Systems and Methods, now US. Publication No. US0037485- A1, published February 14, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J43); and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/00257, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled Blood Treatment s and Methods, now International ation No.
WO/2012/161744, published November 29, 2012 (Attorney Docket No. J43WO).
This application is also a Continuation—In—Part Application of PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US13/42350, filed May 23, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. , which claims priority to and the benefit of US Provisional Patent ation Serial No. 61/651,322, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. J46), both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
PCT ation Serial No. PCT/US13/42350 is also a Continuation—In—Part Application which claims priority to and the benefit of the ing: US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/480,444, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled Blood Treatment Systems and Methods, now US. ation No. US0037485- A1, published February 14, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. J43); and PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US12/00257, filed May 24, 2012 and entitled Blood Treatment Systems and Methods, now International ation No.
WO/2012/161744, published November 29, 2012 (Attorney Docket No. J43WO).
The present application may also be related to one or more of the following patent applications filed on December 21, 2012, all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties: Nonprovisional application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Clamping (Attorney Docket No. J47), Serial No. 13/723,238; Nonprovisional ation for System, Method, and Apparatus for Dispensing Oral tions Attorney Docket No. J74), Serial No. 13/723,235; PCT application for System, Method, and tus for Dispensing Oral tions Attorney Docket No. J74WO), Serial No. PCT/USl2/71131; Nonprovisional application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery (Attorney Docket No. J75), Serial No. 13/724,568; Nonprovisional application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Infusing Fluid (Attorney t No. J76), Serial No. l3/725,790; PCT application for System, Method, and Apparatus for ng Fluid (Attorney Docket No. J76WO), Serial No. PCT/USl2/71490; Nonprovisional application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J79), Serial No. 13/723,244; PCT application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, ting, or Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. J79WO), Serial No.
PCT/US12/71142; Nonprovisional application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery (Attorney Docket No. J81), Serial No. l3/723,251; and PCT application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Estimating Liquid Delivery (Attorney Docket No. J81WO), Serial No. PCT/US12/71112.
The present application may also be related to one or more of the following patent applications, all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties: US Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/738,447, filed er 18, 2012 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Detecting Air in a Fluid Line Using Active Rectification (Attorney Docket No. J32); US Patent Application Serial No. ,339, filed March 15, 2013 and entitled Apparatus for ng Fluid (Attorney Docket No. K14); PCT Application Serial No. PCT/US13/32445, filed March 15 2013 and entitled Apparatus for Infusing Fluid (Attorney Docket No. K14WO); US Patent Application Serial No. ,432, filed March 15 2013 and entitled Syringe Pump and Related Method (Attorney Docket No. K21); US Patent Application Serial No. l3/836,497, filed March 15 2013 and entitled System and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care (Attorney Docket No. K22); US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/833,712, filed March 15, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Clamping (Attorney Docket No. K23); US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/834,030, filed March 15, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, ting, or Controlling Fluid Flow ney Docket No. K28); US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/860,398, filed July 31, 2013 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Bubble Detection in a Fluid Line Using a Split-Ring Resonator (Attorney Docket No. J31); US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/900,431, filed er 6, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Monitoring, Regulating, 0r Controlling Fluid Flow (Attorney Docket No. K52); US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/894,801, filed October 23, 2013 and entitled Syringe Pump and d Method (Attorney Docket No. K88); US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/843,574, filed July 8, 2013 and entitled System, , and Apparatus for Clamping (Attorney Docket No. K75); US. Patent Application Serial No. 13/971,25 8, filed August 20, 2013 and entitled Electronic Patient Monitoring System (Attorney Docket No. K84); US. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/904,123, filed November 14, 2013 and entitled Syringe Pump and Related Method (Attorney Docket No. L33); US. Patent ation Serial No. 14/101,848, filed December 10, 2013 and entitled System, Method, and Apparatus for Detecting Air in a Fluid Line Using Active Recti?cation (Attorney Docket No. L05); US. Patent Application for System, Method, and Apparatus for Communicating Data, filed December 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. L49); PCT Application for System, , and Apparatus for Communicating Data, filed December 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. L49WO); US. Patent Application for Computer-Implemented Method, System, and Apparatus for Electronic Patient Care, filed December 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No.
K50); US. Patent Application for , Method, and Apparatus for onic Patient Care, filed December 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. L52); and PCT Application for , Method, and Apparatus for onic Patient Care, filed December 20, 2013 (Attorney Docket No. L52WO).
BACKGROUND Field of sure The present disclosure relates to patient care. More particularly, the present disclosure relates to a system and apparatus for electronic patient care.
Description of Related Art Patient care often involves administering fluids such as medications directly into the t. This can be accomplished by way of gravity-fed tubing connected to a reservoir (e.g., an IV bag). Fluids or medication can also be administered by way of forced infusion. Administering fluids or medication to a patient often requires the interaction of many parties (e.g., doctors, nurses, pharmacists). These interactions can be subject to miscommunication, mistakes, or other events that result in an rate amount of fluid being stered to the patient.
SUMMARY In its broadest aspect, the invention es a medical error ion system for providing at least one medical device with at least one drug library, the system comprising: a medical error reduction software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library, the software configured to provide one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users, each of the plurality of sets of privileges arranged to allocate a degree of re functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users, the degree of software functionality ured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library; at least one server; at least one editor computer each of the at least one editor computer comprising a processor in communication with a display, the at least one editor computer and at least one server configured to communicate via a network in a client-server based model; and wherein: the at least one editor computer is configured to: authenticate a user to determine whether the user has sufficient privileges to update the at least one drug library; receive a user input for navigation to a care area list; receive a user selection of a care area from the care area list for updating the care area; display an update request to update a medication record of the care area, wherein the update t includes a comment associated with the update request; receive a user selection of the update request; receive one of an accept, a deny, or a question from the user regarding the update request; when the user selects accept, update the at least one drug library using an editor service of the at least one editor computer; and notify a plurality of users associated with the selected care area about the update to the at least one drug library; and n each of the at least one drug library is deployed to the at least one medical device.
Thus, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the disclosure involving electronic patient care, a medical error reduction system comprises medical error ion software for use in creating and revising at least one drug y that is configured for use in at least one medical . The software is ured to provide sets of privileges to sets of users. The sets of privileges allocate a degree of software onality to the sets of users, the degree of software functionality configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system also comprises at least one server and at least one editor computer. The editor computer is in communication with the server via a network, and includes a processor in communication with a display.
In accordance with an embodiment of the disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a medical error reduction software for use in ng and revising at least one drug library. The software may be configured to provide one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. Each of the ity of sets of privileges may be arranged to allocate a degree of re functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be configured to communicate via a network in a —server based model. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use in at least one medical device.
In some embodiments of the system each of the at least one drug library may be organized in a hierarchy. In some embodiments, the hierarchy may include a ity of care areas which are subordinate to at least one care group. In some embodiments, each level of the hierarchy may include a number of ry parameters for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, each of the at least one drug library includes a plurality of s each corresponding to a specific medicament. In some embodiments, the at least one drug library may include a number of parameters to inform operation of the at least one medical device In some embodiments, the drug library may include a plurality of mming limits for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the medical error reduction software may further be configured to provide quality ement information to a user. In some embodiment, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may allocate a drug library review privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users. In some ments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may allocate a drug library editing privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of eges may allocate a privilege set g or creation privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may allocate an add user ege to one of the plurality of sets of users.
In some embodiments, the plurality of sets of privileges allocated to each of the plurality of sets of users may force a collaborative process between the plurality of sets of users for the creating and revising of the at least one drug y.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present sure, a medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be configured to communicate via a network in a client— server based model.
The l error reduction system may include a l error reduction software configured to be executed by the at least one server. The medical error reduction software may be accessible via the at least one editor computer for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use in at least one medical device. Each of the at least one l device may e a medical device processor and a medical device graphical user interface configured to display a user interface. The user interface may convey information and may be used to program its respective medical device. Each of the at least one drug library may contain a plurality of s which guide user programming of the at least one medical device. The l error reduction software may be configured to display a simulated medical device graphical user interface. The simulated medical device graphical user ace may mimic behavior of the medical device graphical user interface for a medical device using a selected drug library of the at least one drug library.
In some embodiments, the simulated l device cal user interface is context sensitive. In some embodiments, the medical error reduction software may include a number of privilege sets. Each of the privilege sets may be assigned to one of a plurality of sets of users. The number of privilege sets may each allocate a degree of software functionality to each of the plurality of sets of users. In some embodiments, the simulated medical device graphical user interface may be a software functionality which may be toggled on or off the number of sets of privileges. In some embodiments, each of the at least one drug library may be organized in a hierarchy. In some embodiments, the hierarchy may include a plurality of care areas which are inate to at least one care group. In some ments each level of the chy may include a number of delivery parameters for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, each of the at least one drug y may include a plurality of entries each corresponding to a specific medicament. In some embodiments, the at least one drug library may include a number of parameters to inform operation of the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the drug library may include a plurality of programming limits for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the medical error reduction software may be r configured to provide quality improvement information to a user.
In accordance with another embodiment of the present disclosure, a l device for delivering a medicament to a patient may include a controller configured to control operation of a pumping mechanism which causes the medicament to be delivered. The medical device may e a display. The medical device may include a computer readable memory configured to store program code for a drug library. The drug library may contain a plurality of entries. The plurality of entries may comprise at least one entry corresponding to a portion of a ty. For each such entry there may be at least one drug entry. Each of the at least one drug entry may have parameters associated therewith. At least one drug entry in the drug library may not be associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug ry. The medical device may include a processor configured to display a graphical user interface on the y of the medical device. The cal user interface may be for use by a user to program the controller using the drug library.
In some embodiments, a user may select one of the at least one drug entry in the drug library not associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug category to program delivery of the medicament to the patient. In some embodiments, at least one drug entry in the drug library not associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug category may be associated with at least one parameter ing medicament delivery. In some embodiments, the drug library may be created or modified with a medical error reduction software. In some ments, the display may be a touch screen y. In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one drug entry in the drug library not associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug category may allow the user to program the medical device to deliver the medicament in a volume per hour mode. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of entries may be associated with at least one parameter.
In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one parameters may be a medicament delivery parameter.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug y may be for use with at least one medical .
The software may be configured to e one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. Each of the plurality of sets of privileges may be arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The medical error reduction system may e at least one server. The medical error reduction system may e at least one editor er. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a processor in communication with a user interface. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be configured to communicate via a network in a client—server based model. At least one of the ity of sets of users may use the software to request a change to at least a portion of the at least one drug library.
In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may be configured to allow a user to e implementation of the change. In some ments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may be configured to allow a user to accept implementation of the change. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may be configured to allow a user to submit a question to the change. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may be configured to allow a user to propose a revision to the change. In some embodiments, the server may be configured to e the medical error reduction software. In some embodiments, the degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. In some ments, the at least one l device may be an infusion pump.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical device.
The medical error reduction system may include at least one server configured to execute the medical error reduction software. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a processor in communication with a user ace. The user interface may be for use by one or more user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be ured to communicate via a network. At least one of the one or more user may request a change to the at least one drug library by ing an electronic change request.
In some embodiments, the at least one medical device may be an infusion pump. In some embodiments, the electronic change request may be linkable to medical data. In some ments, the medical data may be stored in an electronic se to e contextual information. In some embodiments, the electronic se may be in a hosted environment. In some embodiments, the medical data may be generated from the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the medical data may be stored in an electronic database In some embodiments, the medical data may be associated with the one of the at least one drug library used in the at least one medical device which generated the medical data. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a table. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a chart. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a graph. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a diagram. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of an infusion story. In some ments, a user may use the drug library g software to search the medical data. In some embodiments, a user may use the drug library editing software to filter the medical data. In some embodiments the medical data may be displayed in a user selectable format.
In some embodiments, the user may only access medical data for versions of the one of the at least one library currently being edited. In some embodiments, the plurality of entries may be each associated with one or more delivery parameters. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more user may accept the electronic change t. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more user may respond to the onic change request. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more user may propose an alteration to the electronic change request. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more user may deny the electronic change request.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library g re for use in ng and ng at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical device.
The drug library editing software may be executed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database. The medical error reduction system may include at least one medical data database. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a processor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least editor computer, at least one drug library database, and at least one medical data database may be configured to communicate via a network. While g the at least one drug y, the user may use the drug library editing software to access medical data.
In some embodiments, the medical data may be stored in the at least one medical data database. In some ments, the at least one medical data se may be stored in a hosted environment. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a chart. In some embodiments, the medical data may be yed in the form of a graph. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a table. In some ments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of a diagram. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in the form of an infusion story. In some embodiments, the medical data may be displayed in a user selectable format. In some embodiments, the ed medical data is searchable. In some embodiments, the accessed medical data may be filterable by applying a filter. In some embodiments, the filter may be a deVice type filter. In some embodiments, the filter may be a data category. In some embodiments, the filter may be a therapy based criteria. In some embodiments, the filter may be a medical deVice identifier. In some embodiments, the filter may be a care giver identifier. In some embodiments, the filter may be an area based criteria. In some embodiments, the filter may be a drug criteria. In some embodiments, the drug criteria may be a drug identifier. In some embodiments, the drug criteria may be a drug type. In some embodiments, the at least one drug library database may be in a hosted nment. In some embodiments, the medical deVice may be an infusion pump.
In accordance with an ment of the present sure, a medical error ion system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and reVising at least one drug y. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical deVice.
The drug library editor software may be executed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database. The medical error reduction system may include at least one l data se. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a sor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer, at least one drug library database, and at least one medical data database may be configured to communicate Via a network. While creating or reVising the at least one drug library, the drug library g software may be configured to display medical data from the at least one medical data database on the user interface and filter the medical data with a filter criteria.
In some embodiments, the at least one medical deVice may be an infusion pump. In some embodiments, the at least one drug library database may be in a hosted enVironment.
In some embodiments, the at least one medical data database may be in a hosted enVironment. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be user selectable. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be a l device type. In some ments, filter criteria may be a data category. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be a therapy based ia. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be a medical device identifier.
In some ments the filter criteria may be a care giver fier. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be a care area based criteria. In some embodiments the filter criteria may be a drug criteria. In some embodiments, the drug criteria may be a drug identifier. In some embodiments, the drug criteria may be a drug type. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be applied by interaction with the medical data displayed on the user interface to display a subset of the medical data. In some embodiments, the filter criteria may be d by interaction with the medical data displayed on the user interface to drill down on the medical data. In some embodiments, the medical data may be display on the user interface in one or more of a number of user specified formats.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical device may include a processor. The medical device may include a cal user interface. The processor may be configured to generate at least one screen for display on the graphical user interface. At least one of the at least one screen may include one or more parameter value.
The processor may be further configured to visibly alter the font of at least one of the one or more parameter value in response to a change in the one or more parameter value.
In some embodiments, the change may be an order of magnitude change in the one or more parameter value. In some ments, the processor may be ured to visibly alter the font by changing the size of the font. In some embodiments, the processor may be configured to visibly alter the font by changing the color of the font. In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more parameter value must be specified by a user. In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a patient weight. In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a patient body e area.
In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a dose value. In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a time value. In some ments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a volume to be infused volume. In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be an infusion rate value. In some embodiments, one of the one or more parameter value may be a medicament concentration value. In some embodiments, at least one or more parameter value may be pre—programmed. In some ments, the processor may be configured to visibly alter the font by decreasing the size of the parameter value.
In accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure, a medical device may include a graphical user interface. The medical device may include a processor. The processor may be configured to generate at least one screen for display on the graphical user interface. At least one of the at least one screen may be a therapy in progress . The therapy in ss screen may include a re indicator which indicates the pressure of a ?uid in an infusion line.
In some embodiments, the pressure indicator may be a pressure trend indicator. In some embodiments, the pressure trend indicator may depict a pressure trend over the last four hours. In some embodiments, the pressure indicator may be a bar. In some embodiments, the bar may include a number of segments. In some ments, the pressure indicator may be configured to indicate ent pressures by g a different number of segments. In some embodiments, the pressure indicator may be configured to indicate different pressures by filling different s of the bar. In some embodiments, the graphical user interface may be a touch screen.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical device may include a graphical user interface. The medical device may include a processor. The processor may be configured to generate at least one screen for y on the graphical user interface. At least one of the at least one screen may be a therapy in progress screen displayed when the medical device is delivering a therapy. The therapy in progress screen may include a medicament indicator indicating a ment which is being delivered by the medical device. The processor may color code at least a portion of the medicament tor yed on the user interface in one of a plurality of colors depending on a classification of a plurality of classification assigned to the medicament.
In some embodiments, the graphical user interface may be a touch screen. In some embodiments, the processor may be in communication with a memory storing a drug library for use with the medical device. In some embodiments, the drug y may contain color coding information for the portion of the medicament indicator. In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one screen may be a programming screen where the medicament to be delivered by the medical device is specified. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of classifications may be a high risk classification. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of classifications may be a drug type. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of fications may be an anesthetic classification. In some ments, the medicament indicator may include a name for the ment. In some embodiments, the medicament indicator may include a non text indicia. In some embodiments, the non text indicia may be the only portion of the medicament indicator which is color coded.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical device may include a graphical user interface. The medical device may include a processor. The processor may be ured to generate at least one screen for y on the graphical user interface. The medical device may include a computer readable memory. The computer readable memory may store a plurality of parameter values related to therapies which may be programmed into the medical device. At least one of said parameter values may be a value for a user overrideable limit for a therapy ter value. The user deable limit for a therapy parameter value may be overrideable by one or more user via the cal user interface. The processor may cause an indicia to be displayed next to the therapy parameter value in response to override of the user overrideable limit.
In some embodiments, the graphical user interface may be a touch . In some embodiments, at least one of the at least one screen may display a limit violation cation. In some embodiments, the limit violation notification may not display the value of the overrideable limit. In some embodiments, the limit violation notification may include an override option. In some embodiments, the user overrideable limit for a therapy parameter value may require both a first user and a second user to override the limit via the graphic user interface. In some embodiments, the ity of ter values related to therapies which may be programmed into the medical device may be part of a drug library file stored in the computer readable memory. In some embodiments, the indicia may be a non text indicia.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical device may include a graphical user interface. The medical device may include a processor. The processor may be configured to generate at least one screen for display on the graphical user interface. The medical device may include a er readable memory. The computer readable memory may store a plurality of medicaments which may be delivered by the medical device. The medicaments may be organized by one or more medicament category.
Each of the medicaments may further be associated with one or more parameter values related to ies which may be programmed into the medical device. A user may m the medical device to deliver a therapy using the graphical user interface. At least one step in programming the medical device may include selecting a medicament category from which a medicament to be delivered by the l device is included.
In some embodiments, the graphical user interface may be a touch screen. In some embodiments, the plurality of ments and one or more medicament categories are a part of a drug library file. In some embodiments, the medicament ries may be searchable via the graphical user interface. In some embodiments, the medicament categories may be filterable via the graphical user ace. In some ments, at least one of the one or more parameter values may be a user overrideable parameter limit.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present sure, a medical error reduction system may e a medical error reduction software for use in creating and ng at least one drug library that is configured for use in at least one l device.
The re may be configured to provide one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. Each of the plurality of sets of privileges may be arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may e at least one editor computer including a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer may be configured to communicate to the at least one server via a network in a client—server based model.
In ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a medical device. The medical device may include a medical device processor. The medical device may include a medical device graphical user interface configured to allow a user to m the medical device. The medical device may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer including a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer may be configured to communicate to the at least one server via a network in a client—server based model. The l error reduction system may include a medical error reduction software configured to be executed by the at least one server and accessible via the at least one editor computer for use in creating and revising at least one drug library.
The at least one drug library may be for use in the at least one medical device and include a plurality of entries that guide user programming of the at least one medical device. The medical error reduction software may r be configured to display a simulated medical device graphical user interface. The ted medical device graphical user interface may mimic behavior of the medical device graphical user interface for a medical device using one of the at least one drug library.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical device for delivering a medicament to a patient may include a controller configured to control operation of a pumping mechanism which causes the medicament to be red. The medical device may include a display. The medical device may include a computer readable memory configured to store program code for a drug y. The drug library may have a plurality of entries. The plurality of s may e at least one entry corresponding to a portion of a facility. For each such entry, the plurality of entries may further comprise at least one drug entry corresponding to the portion of the facility. The medical device may include a processor configured to display a graphical user interface on the y of the medical device. The graphical user interface for use by a user to program the controller using the drug library. A user may select one of the at least one drug entry ponding to the n of the facility to program delivery of the medicament to the patient.
In some ments, the at least one drug entry may comprise parameters associated ith. In some embodiments, the drug y may further comprise at least one drug entry not associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug category. In some embodiments, the user may select one of the at least one drug entry in the drug library not associated with a specific drug, but rather a broad drug category to program delivery of the medicament to the patient.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library for use with at least one medical device. The at least one drug library may n a ity of entries. The software may be configured to provide at least one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. Each of the plurality of sets of privileges may be configured to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the plurality of sets of users. The degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug y. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server configured to e the drug library editing software. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer including a processor in communication with a user interface. The at least one editor computer may be configured to communicate with the at least one server via a network in a client—server based model. At least one of the plurality of set of users may use the at least one editor computer to access the drug library editing software to request a change to the at least one drug library.
In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges may be further ured to allow a user to e implementation of the requested change to the at least one drug library or to accept implementation of the requested change to the at least one drug library.
In ance with an ment of the present sure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. the at least one drug library may e a plurality of entries. The at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical device. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server configured to execute the drug library editing software. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer comprising a processor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer may be configured to communicate with the at least one server via a network in a client—server based model such that the at least one editor computer is able to access the drug library editing software. A user may request a change to the at least one drug library by tendering an onic change request via the user interface.
In some embodiments, the electronic change request may be linkable to medical data in an electronic se to provide contextual information.
In accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in ng and revising at least one drug y. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical device.
The drug library editing software to may be executed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database. The medical error reduction system may include at least one medical data database. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer configured to communicate with the server at least one drug library database, and the at least one medical data database via a network. The at least one editor computer may e a processor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library using the at least one drug library editing software. While g the at least one drug library, the user may use the drug library editing software to access medical data from the at least one medical data database.
In some embodiments, while editing the at least one drug y, the user may use the drug library editing software to access medical data from the at least one medical data se. In some embodiments, the medical data may be in the form of at least one of a chart, graph, plot, and diagram displayed on the user interface. In some embodiments, while editing the at least one drug library, a user may use the drug library editing software to y medical data from the at least one l data database on the user interface and filter the l data such that only medical data of interest to the user is displayed on the user interface.
In ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure a medical device may include a graphical user interface. The medical device may include a processor. The processor may be configured to generate at least one screen for display on the graphical user ace. The at least one screen may include at least one parameter value. The processor may be further configured to visibly alter the font of the at least one parameter value in response to a change in the order of magnitude of the at least one parameter value.
In some embodiments, the at least one screen may include a therapy in progress screen, the therapy in progress screen including a pressure indicator which indicates the pressure of a ?uid in an infusion line. In some embodiments, the at least one screen may be a therapy in progress screen. The therapy in progress screen may e a medicament indicator indicating a medicament which is being delivered by the medical device. The processor may be further configured to color code the medicament indicator displayed on the user interface in one of a plurality of colors. Each of the plurality of colors may correspond to a classification of the medicament. In some embodiments, the medical device may include a computer le memory. The computer le memory may store a plurality of ter values related to therapies that may be programmed into the medical device. At least one of the parameter values may be a user overrideable limit for a therapy parameter value. The user overrideable limit for a therapy parameter value may be overrideable by a user via the graphical user interface. The processor may be further configured to display an a next to the therapy parameter value in se to the user overriding the user overrideable limit. In some embodiments, the er readable memory may be ured to store a plurality of medicaments that may be delivered by the medical device. Each medicament may be organized into one or more medicament category.
Each of the medicaments may further be associated with one or more parameter values related to therapies that may be programmed into the medical device. A user may program the medical device, using the graphical user interface, to at least select a medicament ry within which a medicament to be delivered by the medical device is included.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present sure, a medical error reduction system may include a medical error reduction software for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. The software may be configured to provide a set of privileges to each of a plurality of users. The set of privileges may be arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to each of the ity of users. The degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of users to alter the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a processor in communication with a display. The at least one editor computer and at least one server may be ured to communicate via a network in a client—server based model. Each of the at least one drug y may be for use in at least one medical device.
In some embodiments, each of the at least one drug library may be organized in a hierarchy. In some ments, the hierarchy may include a plurality of care areas which are subordinate to at least one care group. In some embodiments, each level of the hierarchy may include a number of delivery parameters for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, each of the at least one drug library may include a plurality of entries each corresponding to a specific medicament. In some embodiments, the at least one drug library may include a number of parameters to inform operation of the at least one medical device.
In some embodiments, the drug library may include a plurality of programming limits for the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the medical error reduction software may be further ured to provide quality improvement information to the plurality of users. In some embodiments, the set of privileges may be configurable to allocate a drug library review privilege. In some embodiments, the set of ege may be configurable to allocate a drug library editing privilege. In some embodiments, the set of privileges may be configurable to allocate and editing or creation privilege. In some embodiments, the set of privileges may be configurable to allocate an add user privilege. In some embodiments, the set of privileges allocated to each of the plurality of users may force a collaborative process between the plurality of users for the creating and revising of the at least one drug library.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error ion system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and revising a number of drug ies. The number of drug libraries may each contain a ity of entries. Each of the a number of drug ies may be for use with at least one medical . The l error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a sor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by one or more user to edit the at least one drug library. The drug library editing software may be configured to import entries of the plurality of entries in a first drug library in the number of drug libraries to a second drug library in the number of drug libraries.
In some embodiments, the system may further comprise at least one server configured to execute the l error reduction software. In some embodiments, the number of drug libraries are stored on a drug library se. In some embodiments, the drug library se is in a hosted enVironment. In some embodiments, the one or more user may specify the entries of the plurality of s they would like to import to the first drug library in the number of drug libraries to the second drug library in the number of drug libraries. In some embodiments, the first drug library in the number of drug libraries and the second drug library in the number of drug ies may both belong to a sub—set of drug libraries in the number of drug libraries. In some embodiments, the sub—set of drug libraries, may be associated with a set of permissions allowing access to the sub—set of drug libraries by the one or more user. In some embodiments, the set of permissions disallows access to the t of drug libraries by another one or more user.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and reVising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one l deVice.
The drug library editor software may be executed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database storing the at least one drug library.
The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor er. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a processor in communication with a user interface.
The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer and at least one drug library database may be configured to communicate Via a network. The plurality of entries may include one or more clinical adVisory.
In some embodiments, the drug y database is in a hosted enVironment. In some embodiments, the one or more clinical adVisory may be a free text entry. In some embodiments, the one or more clinical adVisory may include an image. In some embodiments, the one or more clinical adVisory may include a document. In some embodiments, the one or more clinical adVisory may be limited to be between 0 and 100 characters in length. In some embodiments, each of the one or more clinical adVisory may be associated with a short text clinical adVisory. In some embodiments, the short text clinical adVisory may be d to be between 0 and 100 characters in length. In some embodiments, the short text clinical adVisory may be displayed on at least one screen of a graphic user interface of the at least one medical deVice. In some embodiments, each of the one or more clinical adVisory may be displayed on at least one screen of a c user interface of the at least one medical . In some ment, each of the at least one clinical ry may be associated with a drug entry in the at least one drug library.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present sure, a l error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and reVising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical deVice.
The drug library editor re may be ed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database storing the at least one drug library.
The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor er. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a processor in communication with a user interface.
The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer and at least one drug library database may be configured to communicate Via a network. The drug library editing software may be configure to allow a user to enter a note for one or more of the plurality of entries.
In some embodiments, the drug library database may be in a hosted enVironment. In some embodiments, the note may be a free text entry. In some ments, the note may include an image. In some embodiments, the note may include a document. In some embodiments, the drug library editing re may be configured to allow a user to enter a note for one or more t of the plurality of entries. In some embodiments, the drug library g software may be ured to allow a user to enter a note for each of the plurality of entires. In some ments, each of the plurality of entries associated with a note may be depicted on the user interface with a note indicator. In some embodiments, user interaction with the note indicator may cause the note to be displayed on the user interface.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error ion system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and reVising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical deVice.
The drug library editor software may be executed by a . The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library database storing the at least one drug library.
The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may include a processor in communication with a user interface.
The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer and at least one drug y database may be configured to communicate Via a network. The ity of entires may include a ?ush parameter.
In some embodiments, the ?ush parameter may govern ?ushing of a ?uid line associated with the at least one medical device. In some embodiments, the ?ush parameter may include default delivery parameter values to be used by the at least one medical device when the medical device ?ushes a ?uid line ated therewith. In some embodiments, the ?ush parameter may include a volume to be delivered. In some embodiments, the ?ush parameter may include a delivery rate. In some embodiments, the ?ush parameter may include a time.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing re for use in creating and revising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may n a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical device.
The drug library editor software may be executed by a server. The medical error reduction system may include at least one drug library se storing the at least one drug library.
The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor er may comprise a processor in ication with a user interface.
The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library. The at least one editor computer and at least one drug library database may be configured to communicate via a network. The drug library editing software may be configured to display a user customizable screen which provides desired at a glance information to the user.
In some embodiments, the user customizable screen may include one or more . In some embodiments, the user may choose the one or more widget which is included on the user customizable screen. In some embodiments, one of the one or more widget may be a ss widget. In some embodiments, one of the one or more widget may be a trend widget. In some ments, one of the one or more widget may be an overview widget. In some embodiments, one of the one or more widget may be a quick links widget. In some ments, one of the one or more widget may be a change request widget. In some embodiments, one of the one or more widget may be a feedback . In some embodiment one of the one or more widget may be a medical data widget. In some ments, one of the one or more widget may be a changes to reView widget. In some embodiments, one of the one or more widget may be an administrator comments widget. In some embodiments, the user may choose the one or more widget from a list of permitted widgets. In some embodiments, the user may be assigned a specific role in the medical error reduction software, the list of permitted widgets associated the specific role. In some embodiments, the system further may comprise a user database. In some embodiments, the user customizable screen, once customized, may be stored on a user database and associated with the user. In some embodiments, the user customizable screen may be selected from a number of loadable, customized screen configurations.
In accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure, a medical error reduction system may include a drug library editing software for use in creating and reVising at least one drug library. The at least one drug library may contain a plurality of entries. Each of the at least one drug library may be for use with at least one medical deVice. The drug library editor software may be executed by a server. The l error ion system may include at least one drug library database g the at least one drug library. The medical error reduction system may include at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor er may comprise a processor in communication with a user interface. The user interface may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug y. The at least one editor computer and at least one drug library database may be configured to communicate Via a network. The user may e two or more entries of the plurality of entries using the drug library editing software. The comparison may be displayed on the user interface.
In some embodiments, the comparison may be display on the user interface in a table. In some embodiments, the ison may be a side by side comparison. In some embodiments, differences between the two or more entries in the comparison may be Visually indicated on the user interface. In some embodiments, the comparison may include a difference only option. In some embodiments, interaction with the difference only option may toggle the comparison between a state in which only differences between the two or more of the plurality of entries are shown and a state in which all information ated with the two or more of the plurality of entries is shown. In some embodiments, the comparison may include an edit option which may be used to open one of the two or more of the plurality of entries for editing.
In accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for producing a drug library file may comprise, assigning one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users. The plurality of sets of privileges may be arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality in a drug library editing software. The degree of software functionality may be configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library. The method for producing a drug library file may comprise creating a drug library using at least one editor computer. Each of the at least one editor computer may comprise a processor in communication with a user interface. The user ace may be for use by a user to edit the at least one drug library using the drug library editing software. ng the drug library may comprise appropriate users of the plurality of sets of users, the appropriate users defined by the plurality of sets of eges, specifying a master medication list for an institution, defining medication s for one or more portion of the institution, and verifying the defined medication records. The method may e approving the drug y for release to at least one medical device in the institution.
In some embodiments, one of the ity of sets of privileges may te an editing privilege. In some ments, one of the plurality of sets of privileges may allocate a review privilege. In some embodiments, specifying the master medication list may comprise selecting a number of medications from a formulary database. In some ments, defining medication records for one or more portion of the institution may comprise selecting desired medications from the master medication list for each of the one or more portions of the institution. In some embodiments, defining medication records for one or more portion of the institution may comprise defining a number of ters for each of the desired medications. In some embodiments verifying the defined medication records may comprise reviewing the defined medication records. In some embodiments, verifying the defined medication records may comprise editing and ng the defined medication records. In some embodiments, producing a drug library file further may comprise conducting a pilot phase for the drug library file in which the drug y file is tested on a test medical . In some ments, producing a drug library file further may comprise conducting a pilot phase for the drug library file in which the drug library file is tested on a simulated l device user interface. In some embodiments, verifying the d medication records may comprise reviewing the d tion records using a simulated medical device user interface.
In ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for deploying a drug y file to at least one medical device may include creating the drug library file.
The method may include approving the drug library file for release to the at least one medical device. The method may include sending a notification to a user via a drug error reduction system editor service. The method may include downloading the drug library file to a device gateway. The method may include disseminating the drug library file to the at least one medical device over a network which allows the device gateway to communicate with the at least one medical device.
In some embodiments, the method may further comprise the user commanding downloading of the drug library file to device gateway. In some embodiments, the method may further comprises selecting the at least one medical device from a list of medical devices. In some embodiments, the method may further comprise the device gateway periodically checking for updates to the drug library file. In some embodiments, the method further may comprise the at least one medical device ting the drug library file. In some embodiments, the method further may comprise sending a confirmation e to the device y from each of the at least one medical device in the event that the drug library file is successfully validated and updated.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS These and other aspects will become more apparent from the following detailed description of the various embodiments of the present disclosure with nce to the drawings wherein: Fig. 1 shows a block diagram of a system for electronic patient care in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 2 shows a block diagram of some aspects of the system of Fig. l in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; id="p-6" id="p-6"
id="p-6"
[0006] Fig. 3 shows a diagram illustrating the ation of several facilities for communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 4 shows a diagram illustrating a system for electronic patient care in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 5 is a block m to illustrate some aspects of an electronic communication between a medical device and a device application in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 6 shows a state diagram illustrating a method of programming an infusion device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 7 illustrates a software program that is executable on a processor, the software program and processor are configured for implementing a h—subscribe model for use by the facility gateway of Fig. l, and by the applications and the device gateway shown in Figs. 2 and 4 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 8 illustrates a software program that is executable on a processor, the software program and processor are configured for implementing a capability—registry model in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-12" id="p-12"
id="p-12"
[0012] Fig. 9 rates a software program that is executable on a sor, the software program and processor are configured for implementing a drug safety method used to generate a drug administration library file in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 10 depicts an example conceptual diagram ing le roles, responsibilities, and privileges of various users and parties which may be involved in the creation of a drug administration library file in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. lla depicts a diagram which outlines an example chical organization structure of a drug administration library ("DAL") file in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. llb depicts a diagram which outlines an example hierarchical organization structure of a drug administration library file in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 12 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be part of a drug error reduction system setup phase of drug administration library file creation in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 13 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to update reference tables loaded on to a drug error reduction system database in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 14 depicts a ?owchart showing a number of example steps which may be used to establish institution and organizational hierarchies in a drug error reduction system database in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 15 shows a ?owchart showing a number of exemplary steps which may be used when giving a subscribing party access to a drug error reduction system editor Fig. 16a depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to setup various aspect of a drug error reduction system within an organization or institution in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 16b depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to define users, the groups they belong to, and their various permissions and eges in relation to a drug error reduction system editor in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 17 shows a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update various aspects of a drug error reduction system within an organization or institution in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 18 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create or update an institution/organization master medication list in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 19 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to add clinical advisory entries to a database in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; id="p-25" id="p-25"
id="p-25"
[0025] Fig. 20 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to modify the general settings for an ution or organization in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 21 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to add a care group to a drug administration library file in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 22 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to add a care area to a drug administration library file in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 23 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used in the verification of a care area in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 24 depicts a rt detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a care area in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 25 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to add drug records or tion records to a specified care area in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 26 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to review a medication list for a ular care area in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 27 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a medication list in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-33" id="p-33"
id="p-33"
[0033] Fig. 28 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to re—verify a medication list in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 29 depicts a ?owchart which details a number of example steps which may be used to submit a drug administration library file for approval in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 30 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to place a drug administration library file into condition for release in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 3la depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to deploy a drug administration library file onto various system components in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 3lb depicts an example ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to package and stage a ce for release to a facility gateway in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; id="p-38" id="p-38"
id="p-38"
[0038] Fig. 3lc depicts an ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to track the deployment of various resources in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 32 s a ?owchart which details a number of example steps which may be used to update an existing drug administration library file in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 33 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update an institution/organization’s master medication list in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 34 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update the clinical adVisories list in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-42" id="p-42"
id="p-42"
[0042] Fig. 35 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update the general settings for an ution/organization in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 36 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a care area in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-44" id="p-44"
id="p-44"
[0044] Fig. 37 depicts a rt detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update Medication Records for a care area in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 38 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create and save a drug administration library report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 39 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to create a drug administration library difference report in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 40 s ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create an intra—organization drug administration library Comparison Report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 41 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create an inter—organization drug administration library Comparison Report in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; id="p-49" id="p-49"
id="p-49"
[0049] Fig. 42 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be followed to create a drug stration library History Report in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 43 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to log into a drug error reduction system editor in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 44 s an e ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to change a password for a drug error reduction system editor service in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 45 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to recover a password for a drug error ion system editor service in accordance with an ment of the t disclosure; id="p-53" id="p-53"
id="p-53"
[0053] Fig. 46 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to review drug library entry using a medical device programming simulator in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 47 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to compare records in a drug administration library file in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 48 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a drug administration library file on a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 49 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to update a DAL file on a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 50 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to configure a user interface for a drug error reduction system editor service or Continuous Quality Improvement ) service in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 51 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to view and make use of Continuous Quality Improvement data in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 52 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to display a desired continuous quality ement report on a user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 53 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to configure a Continuous Quality Improvement report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 54 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to configure a Continuous Quality Improvement report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 55 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to Continuous y Improvement data using organization/institutional hierarchy in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 56 depicts a rt detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to Continuous Quality Improvement data using a date range or time frame in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 57 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to Continuous Quality ement data based on user defined, custom filtering criteria in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 58 s a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to modify the appearance of Continuous Quality Improvement data such as a Continuous Quality Improvement report on a user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 59 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to modify the time units in a Continuous Quality ement report based on a user input in ance with an embodiment of the present invention.
Fig. 60 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to hide a shown panel or show a hidden panel in a Continuous Quality Improvement report in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
Fig. 61 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to toggle between a summary view and a detailed view in a Continuous Quality Improvement report in ance with an ment of the present invention. id="p-69" id="p-69"
id="p-69"
[0069] Fig. 62 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to sort CQI data in a CQI report in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
Fig. 63 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to toggle between a counts view and a dates view in a CQI report in accordance with an ment of the present invention.
Fig. 64 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to select a utility on a user interface which may allow a user to perform a function or functions in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 65 depicts a rt detailing a number of e steps which may be used to print a continuous quality improvement report in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-73" id="p-73"
id="p-73"
[0073] Fig. 66 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to download a continuous quality improvement report in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 67 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to email a continuous quality improvement report in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 68 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to export data from a continuous quality improvement report in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 69 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to schedule a continuous quality improvement report for automatic generation and distribution in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 70 depicts a ?owchart showing a number of example steps which may be used to generate and distribute a scheduled continuous quality improvement report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-78" id="p-78"
id="p-78"
[0078] Fig. 71 depicts a ?owchart showing a number of example steps which may be used to generate an automated continuous quality improvement summary report in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 72 depicts an example graphical user interface login screen which may be presented to a user when a user attempts to access a drug error reduction system editor service or continuous y improvement service in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 73 depicts an example graphical user interface login screen which may be ted to a user when a user attempts to access a drug error reduction system editor service or continuous quality improvement service in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 74 depicts an example initialization screen which may be displayed on a user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 75 depicts an example initialization wizard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 76 depicts an example initialization wizard screen in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 77 depicts an example initialization wizard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 78 depicts an example embodiment of a "welcome" screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as a drug error ion system editor service user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 79 s an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 80 depicts an example care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 81 s an example add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 82 depicts an e add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-90" id="p-90"
id="p-90"
[0090] Fig. 83 depicts an example add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 84 depicts an example add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 85 depicts an example add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 86 depicts an example add care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 87 depicts an example care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 88 s an e tion screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-96" id="p-96"
id="p-96"
[0096] Fig. 89 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 90 depicts an example add tion record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 91 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 92 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 93 depicts an e add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-101" id="p-101"
id="p-101"
[00101] Fig. 94 depicts an e add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 95 depicts an example add tion record screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 96 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 97 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 98 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 99 depicts an example medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 100 s an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 101 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 102 depicts an example add tion record screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 103 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 104 depicts an example add medication record screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-112" id="p-112"
id="p-112"
[00112] Fig. 105 depicts an example medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 106 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 107 depicts an e medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 108 depicts an example medication record comparison screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 109 depicts an example medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 110 depicts an example medication record comparison screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-118" id="p-118"
id="p-118"
[00118] Fig. 111 depicts an example medication record comparison screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 112 s an example medical device tor screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 113 depicts an example medical device simulator screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in ance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 114 depicts an example medical device simulator screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 115 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-123" id="p-123"
id="p-123"
[00123] Fig. 116 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 117 depicts an example uous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 118 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 119 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 120 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 121 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; id="p-129" id="p-129"
id="p-129"
[00129] Fig. 122 depicts an e continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 123 depicts an example continuous y ement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 124 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user ace of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 125 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 126 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-134" id="p-134"
id="p-134"
[00134] Fig. 127 depicts an e uous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 128 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 129 depicts an example uous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 130 depicts an example continuous y ement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error ion system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 131 depicts an example continuous quality improvement screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 132 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor ard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 133 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a feedback item has been accessed in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 134 depicts an example of a drug error ion system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 135 s an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a change request has been accessed in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 136 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 137 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 138 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 139 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a change request has been accessed in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 140 depicts an example of a drug error ion system editor dashboard screen in which a change request has been accessed in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 141 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 142 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a proposed change has been accessed for reView in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 143 depicts an example of a drug error ion system editor dashboard screen in which a proposed change has been accessed for review in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 144 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 145 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a proposed change has been accessed for review in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 146 depicts an example of a drug error reduction system editor dashboard screen in which a user is using a search utility in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 147 depicts an e of a reView screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; id="p-155" id="p-155"
id="p-155"
[00155] Fig. 148 depicts an example of a reView screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user ace in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 149 depicts an example of a reView screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error ion system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 150 depicts an example of a reView screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 151 s an example of a reView screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user ace in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 152 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-160" id="p-160"
id="p-160"
[00160] Fig. 153 depicts an e drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 154 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 155 depicts an e drug library entry screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 156 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-164" id="p-164"
id="p-164"
[00164] Fig. 157 depicts an example drug y entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 158 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 159 depicts an example drug library entry screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 160 depicts an e drug y screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a drug error reduction system in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 161 s an example drug library screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-169" id="p-169"
id="p-169"
[00169] Fig. 162 depicts an example drug y screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 163 depicts an example drug library screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; ] Fig. 164 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 165 depicts an example drug library screen which may be yed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 166 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 167 depicts an example drug library screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; id="p-175" id="p-175"
id="p-175"
[00175] Fig. 168 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 169 s an example drug library screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 170 depicts an example drug library screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 171 depicts an example master medication list screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 172 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user ace in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 173 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 174 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 175 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 176 s an example master tion list screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as a drug error ion system user ace in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 177 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error ion system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 178 depicts an example drug y screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-186" id="p-186"
id="p-186"
[00186] Fig. 179 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error reduction system user interface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 180 depicts an example prompt which may be displayed on a user interface such as a drug error ion system user interface in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 181 depicts an example software architecture block diagram for an example medical deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 182 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to install a syringe on a medical deVice when preparing to administer an infusion with the medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 183 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to prime an IV line of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 184 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to load an administration set into a medical deVice such as a large volume pump in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 185 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to select a care area, medication, clinical use, and a concentration for a medication when programming an infusion on a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 186 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to program an infusion on a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 187 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to determine if a parameter entered on a medical device falls outside the limits defined for that ter in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 188 depicts a ?owchart which details a number of example steps which may be used to deliver a primary continuous infusion in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 189 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to deliver a bolus of a medication with a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-197" id="p-197"
id="p-197"
[00197] Fig. 190 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to deliver a ary infusion in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 191 depicts an example ?owchart which s a number of steps which may be used to deliver a multi—step on with a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 192 s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to titrate an infusion being administered by a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 193 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used at and near the end of an infusion administered by a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 194 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to detect and resolve an air—in—line ion on a medical device in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-202" id="p-202"
id="p-202"
[00202] Fig. 195 depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to detect and resolve an occlusion in an infusion line associated with a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 196 s a ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to change the care area for a medical device during an on—going therapy in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 197 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to stop an on—going infusion on a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 198 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used in the event that the batteries of a medical device become drawn down to a ermined level in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 199 depicts a rt detailing a number of steps which may be used to lock and unlock the user interface of a l device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 200 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to power down a medical device or put a medical device into a sleep state in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-208" id="p-208"
id="p-208"
[00208] Fig. 201 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to ?ush an IV line associated with a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 202 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to install a replacement syringe on a medical device during the course of an infusion in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 203 s a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to set up a relay on with a number of medical s in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 204 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used if a medical device which is part of an established relay infusion is removed from a medical device rack in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 205 depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used in the event that a medical device which is part of an established relay infusion is d from a medical device rack in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 206 depicts an example start up screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 207 depicts an example start up screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a medical device in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 208 depicts an example start up screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 209 depicts an example login screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 210 depicts an example login screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-218" id="p-218"
id="p-218"
[00218] Fig. 211 depicts an example login screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a l deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 212 depicts an example select care group screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 213 depicts an example select care area screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a l deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 214 depicts an example select patient screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 215 depicts an example select medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-223" id="p-223"
id="p-223"
[00223] Fig. 216 depicts an example select medication screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user ace of a l deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 217 depicts an example select medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 218 depicts an example select medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 219 depicts an example select medication screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a l deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 220 depicts an example select clinical use screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 221 depicts an example select clinical use screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-229" id="p-229"
id="p-229"
[00229] Fig. 222 depicts an example select concentration screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 223 depicts an example enter patient weight screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 224 depicts an example enter patient weight screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 225 depicts an example enter patient weight screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 226 depicts an e load administration set screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-234" id="p-234"
id="p-234"
[00234] Fig. 227 depicts an example troubleshooting screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 228 depicts an e load syringe screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 229 depicts an example select syringe screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 230 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 231 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 232 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-240" id="p-240"
id="p-240"
[00240] Fig. 232 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; ] Fig. 233 depicts an example therapy mming screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a l deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 234 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 235 depicts an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 236 depicts an example limit override screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; id="p-245" id="p-245"
id="p-245"
[00245] Fig. 237 depicts an example second user approval screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user ace of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 238 s an example therapy programming screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 239 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 240 s an example therapy in progress screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 241 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 242 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in ance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-251" id="p-251"
id="p-251"
[00251] Fig. 243 s an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a l deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 244 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the t disclosure; Fig. 245 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 246 depicts an example therapy in ss screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 247 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; id="p-256" id="p-256"
id="p-256"
[00256] Fig. 248 depicts an example therapy stopped screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 249 s an example alarm screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 250 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 251 depicts an example therapy in progress screen which may be yed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 252 s an example locked therapy in progress screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; Fig. 253 depicts an e therapy in ss screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; id="p-262" id="p-262"
id="p-262"
[00262] Fig. 254 depicts an example therapy complete screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an ment of the present disclosure; Fig. 255 depicts an example therapy complete screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 256 depicts an example notification settings screen which may be displayed on a user interface such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present sure; Fig. 257 depicts an example therapy parameters screen which may be displayed on a user ace such as the user interface of a medical deVice in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure; DETAILED DESCRIPTION shows a block diagram of a system 1 for electronic patient care in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. System 1 includes facility IT applications/services ll, a facility 10, and a cloud serVices 2.
] The facility 10 may be a hospital, a clinic, a medical ty, an outpatient care center, an urgent care center, or a combination or grouping f. The facility 10 may include a ty gateway 21 such that various medical deVices 26 can communicate with the facility IT applications/services ll and/or with the cloud serVices 2. The facility 10 includes various medical deVices 26 operated and used by nurses 9 on patients that are in the care of the facility 10. The medical deVices 26 may be infusion pumps, peristaltic pumps, syringe pumps, nephrology devices, physiological parameter monitoring devices, other patient—care s, or some combination thereof.
The facility gateway 21 may be hosted, may be in the cloud, may be maintained for the facility 10 by a service provider, may be controlled, maintained or serviced by a ation of service providers and/or facility IT 18 personnel, and/or may be implemented in a virtual or physical environment. In some embodiments, the facility gateway 21 may be ented in an appliance in a patient’s home. The facility gateway 21 may be used by a al, a g group, an integrated delivery k ("IDN"), an integrated services group or clinic, a group of clinics, a central clinic, or other care ty or infrastructure.
A biomed PC tool 20 may be used by a biomed technician 19 to update the software of the devices 26. The biomed PC tool 20 may be a browser—based tool for Biomed users 19 to monitor the health of their medical devices 26, view log files, track maintenance activities, and manage the installation of software/firmware. The biomed technician 19 may be a hospital employee (or contract service) who installs, upgrades, and services l devices 26 ding infusion pumps) to ensure they are in proper working order. The biomed PC tool 20 may interface into the devices 26 via a physical data connection, such as a USB connection or serial cable connection so that the biomed technician 19 may perform these services. The biomed technician 19 may also use the device manager 24 to update the devices 26 wireles sly.
The devices 26 communicate with the facility IT applications/services 11 (via a communications link 343) and/or with the cloud services 2 (via the communications link 344) via the facility gateway 21. The communications links 343 and 344 may use WiFi, Ethernet, TCP/IP, WiMaX, fiber optic cables, or any other known communication technology.
The devices 26 communicate with the facility y 21 by establishing communications (e. g., via registering) with the device gateway 22. The facility gateway 21 may be a computer, a virtual machine, a hardware device, a software device, a hosted device, software in execution, the like, or some combination thereof. The device gateway 22 may be software executable by the ty gateway 21. The devices 26 may communicate with the device gateway 22 using web services. In some specific embodiments, only the l s 26 initiate communication with the device gateway 22 (and thus the facility gateway 21). The device gateway 22 may include a message routing engine that supports both publish/subscribe and point—to—point routing mechanisms.
The device gateway 22 may also e name resolution and capability registry capabilities. —Relational Mapping may be used by the device gateway 22 for small— scale object persistence (e.g., using an object—relational mapping (ORM) engine).
Additionally or alternatively, the device manager 24 can provide name resolution and/or registry capabilities.
In some ments of the present disclosure, a device of the devices 26 is a monitoring client, such as a tablet computer, a tablet device, a PDA, a smart phone, a laptop computer, or a touchscreen—based computer. A monitoring client of the devices 26 may have a monitoring client app within the device apps 23 which allows a caregiver to communicate with other devices of the devices 26. The monitoring client may be used to receive status information from a medical device of the s 26, receive CQI—messages from a medical device of the devices 26, receive reportable biomed events (RBEs) or reportable clinical events (RCEs) from a medical device of the devices 26, to program a medical device of the s 26, or otherwise communicate with a medical device of the devices 26.
] The communication links 343 between the s 26 and the facility gateway 21 may use WiFi, et, TCP/lP, WiMaX, fiber optic cables, or any other known communication technology. In some embodiments of the present sure, the devices 26 communicate with the facility gateway 21 through a cellular connection (e. g., the communications link 343 includes a cellular connection). For example, one or more of the devices 26 may be a located within a patient’s home, within a clinic, within a field facility (e. g., a tent facility), emergency location, other on, or some ation thereof.
The device gateway 22 may provide: (1) component registry and license management (e.g., using the device manager 24); (2) an installation repository for ing, maintaining and tracking new versions of installable components, such as device firmware/software, drug administration libraries, enterprise application software, and infrastructure software (e.g. ing system releases, application servers, database management system ("DBMS")); and/or (3) message g capabilities, such as distributing messages, both among applications within the facility gateway 21 and with external subsystems (e. g. the cloud services 2).
Deployment environments where medical devices 26 maintain active network connections to the device gateway 22 are called ted environments and may, as previously mentioned, be achieved using ss networks (IEEE 802.11 b/g/n). Also as previously mentioned, in other embodiments, k connectivity may be achieved through other logies, like cellular technology.
Environments where devices 26 do not maintain wireless connections are called standard nments, despite the fact that rise application components and external subsystems may still be connected. In this specific embodiment, the device gateway 22 still performs all three roles for enterprise application components and external subsystems, while, message exchange involving the devices 26 may use the biomed technician l9 (e.g., using the biomed PC tool 26) to store the messages into an external media device (e. g. memory sticks).
Event ibers, such as the device applications 23, may refine the event stream and republish —level events back to the device gateway 22. Reportable biomed events ("RBE"), described below, will be among the events republished by these applications. The RBEs may be reported as CQI messages to the cloud es 2. In some embodiments, an application running on the facility gateway 21 is a Biomed Server that subscribes to RBEs and stores them in a local database within the facility gateway 21.
Biomed technicians 19 may use their browser to access the device manager 19 and t device status reports of a device of the devices 26. The UI of the device manager 24 may command the biomed server to access the database and generate HTML/JS pages for browser display to the biomed technician 19.
In some embodiments, before a new device of the medical devices 26 is authorized for use with the device y 22, the biomed technician 19 must register the new device using its serial number. This may be validated using asymmetric key (public/private key pairs) encryption, and may be performed as part of the manufacturing process. Once a device of the medical s 26 is registered with the device gateway 22, the biomed technician l9 configures its wireless protocol and encryption settings. Once a l device of the medical devices 26 is registered with the device gateway 22, it reports its initial configuration, including model, options, and hardware, re and device control software version for storage within the device gateway 22 and/or within the device manager 24. Similarly, when a device is removed from the list of authorized devices of the device gateway 22, the biomed technician 19 can unregister it.
Each of the medical devices 26 may run a self—test on p, and publish an event to the device gateway 22 containing the results. In addition, because the medical devices 26 may routinely run for a long time interval between restarts, the medical devices 26 may automatically schedule and run certain self—tests at times which do not interfere with patient safety and/or treatment.
The facility gateway 21 includes device apps 23 which may icate data using publish—subscribe data connections (described below). Each device app of the devices apps 23 may be for a particular type and/or model of device of the devices 26.
These applications may provide software igence to medical devices 26, by receiving, filtering and ing raw , and smitting higher—level interpretations. Each type of medical device (of the medical devices 26) may have a corresponding device application (of the device ations 23).
The ty gateway 21 also includes a device manager 24 for controlling, managing, or monitoring the s 26. For example, the device manager 24 may be used to update and/or download configuration files (e. g. DAL files) into a device of the devices 26. As previously mentioned, the biomed technician 19 may control the ng of software, firmware, or configuration files of the devices 26. The device manager 24 may provide a browser—based tool for IT managers and/or technicians 18 to monitor the health of the hardware, software and network resources used to support delivery of patient care. That is, the facility gateway 21 may be managed by a facility IT ee/contractor 18.
When a new drug administration library ("DAL") version is released, a secure messaging link may send the DAL file from the DAL manager 5 to the device gateway 22 to notify the Biomed technician 19 of its availability. This notification specifies the device type, location of the DAL, documentation, release notes URL, installer URL, checksum, and installation encies. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the device manager 24 has access to the new DAL file, receives the DAL file from the device gateway 22, receives the DAL file ly from the DAL manager 5, and/or controls the updating of the medical devices 26 using the DAL file.
In a specific embodiment, the Biomed technician 19 uses the release notes URL (e. g., via a e of the device manager 24 and/or via the biomed PC tool 20) to access information about the upgrade, and uses the installer URL and checksum to download and validate the DAL file and save it in the device gateway’s 22 repository.
Next, the biomed technician 19 selects one or more of the medical devices 26 to copy the new DAL file to. The selected one or more of the medical devices 26 may then be notified (e. g., via the device gateway 22) that a new DAL file is available for them. On the next medical device t (of the medical s 26 that were selected to be updated), the selected group of the medical devices 26 installs the new DAL version (backing it out on error) and notifies the device gateway 22 and/or the device manager 24 of the outcome.
Any of the ures described herein to update the DAL file may be used to update firmware, software, an OS, or other configuration files of a medical device of the medical devices 26.
The facility gateway 21 may also include an integration API 25 that allows the devices 26, the device apps 23, and/or the device manager 24 to communicate with various databases of the facility IT apps ll, such as the Patient Information System 16, the Electronic Medical s 17, the Computerized Physician Order Entry 14, the tory Information System 15, the Real—Time Location Services 12, and/or other databases or services 13. The integration API 25 enables the components within the facility gateway 21 to interoperate with the facility IT applications/services ll. The facility gateway 21 may communicate with the facility IT apps ll via a communications link 341 that may include a wireless link, a hardwired link, a TCP/IP link, an intemet link, a software communications link, a hardware communications link, or other communications technique or technology.
The facility IT apps/services ll support the strative functions of the hospital (e. g. ion, discharge, transfer, coding, g, collections, etc.). The integration API 25 isolates differences in the applications 12—17 of the ty IT apps ll from the applications 23—24, the device gateway 22, and/or the devices 26. For example, a device of the devices 26 may request from the device gateway 22 mming information (or the programming information may be pushed to the device of the devices 26). The patient ID, the pump ID, the drug, and the rate of ?ow, may reside in one or more of the facility IT apps ll; the integration API 25 provides a common format for communicating this information to the devices 26 regardless of the needs or requirements of the facility IT apps ll. This information may be gathered by the integration API 25 querying various ones of the facility IT apps ll to obtain the data and provide the data to the devices 26 in a standardized format. The ation API 25 may be capable of being used with a y of facility IT apps l2—l7 having ent formats, data standards, communication standards, encryption standards, etc., but provides a standard interface with the apps 22—24 and/or the devices 26.
The integration API 25 facilitates auto—programming of one or more of the devices 26. The prescription may be sent from one of the servers of the facility IT ations 14. The integration API 25 may e the iption to reformat it and send it to the device gateway 22. The facility gateway 21 may include a al server which writes the prescription event to a persistent cache. The al server may start an auto— programming work?ow. This work?ow may identify a medical device of the medical devices 26 corresponding to the target patient and send a command message to the tive device of the medical devices 26 to load the prescription. The respective medical device of the medical devices 26 will ledge receipt of the prescription and display a notification on the display. The ian may locate the medication bag and may use a e reader, for example, on the tive medical device of the medical devices 26 to validate the medication and patient. The respective medical device of the medical devices 26 may then confirm that the medication matches the prescription, and the clinician starts administration. The respective medical device of the medical devices 26 completes the auto—programming work?ow by sending a message to the clinical server via the device gateway. id="p-288" id="p-288"
id="p-288"
[00288] The caregiver may use a UI to verify the programming of a medical device of the devices 26. The clinician locates the medication, and uses the user interface of the respective medical device of the medical devices 26 to either verify the auto—programming parameters of the medical device of the devices 26 and/or manually program the medical device of the medical devices 26.
] The PIS 16 is a departmental system used by the pharmacists 8 to receive, review, track and fill orders for prescription medications. The EMR 17 system keeps track of patient medical history in the health care institution (encounters, exams, diagnoses, procedures, etc.). The CPOE 14 is a system used by doctors or nurses 9 to order lab tests, prescription drugs, medical images and other clinical procedures. The LIS 15 is a departmental system used by lab technicians to receive and process orders for clinical samples (e. g. tissue, blood, urine, etc.) The RTLS 12 tracks the location and status of the devices 26. The other 13 may be any other database used for patient care.
The cloud services 2 include a cloud—hosted on safety manager 3 ("ISM"). on safety r may be used interchangeably herein with the term hosted safety manager ("HSM"). The HSM 3 includes a Continuous Quality Improvement ("CQI") manager 4 and a DAL manager 5. The risk officers 6, the nurse managers 7, and the pharmacists 8 may all review the CQI messages ved by the CQI manager 4 to facilitate the development and improvement of a DAL file via the DAL manager 5. The DAL file may thereafter be downloaded into one or more of the devices 26. The DAL manager 5 may e or is associated with a Drug Error Reduction System ("DERS") editor (e. g., the DERS editor 112 of bed below). shows a block diagram of some s of the system of in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. That is, shows more details of some aspects of The device gateway 40, the device manager 41 and the integration API 65 are all part of the facility gateway 21 of The large volume app 44, the syringe pump app 43, and the other app 42 are all applications that are part of the device apps 23 of 1. The device manager 41 including its associated se 45 may be the device manager 24 of The Large Volume Pump ("LVP") app 44 is an application for the LVP 36.
The syringe app 43 is an application for the e pump 38, and the other application 42 is an ation for another device 39. The other application 42 and the another device 39 may correspond to any medical device.
The device y 40 provides publish—subscribe data connections 58—64.
The applications 42, 43, 44 also provide publish—subscribe data connections 49—57. The publish—subscribe ing pattern provides for the communication between the device gateway 40 and/or the applications 41, 42, 43, 44, 65, 72. However, in additional embodiments, another messaging pattern may be utilized for communications.
The CQI listener 72 may subscribe to various data feeds from the applications 42, 43, 44 to report CQI messages to the CQI manager 29 which may store them in the database 30. The CQI listener 72 may report the raw results of the published connections 49—57 and/or 5 8—64, and/or may format them. id="p-296" id="p-296"
id="p-296"
[00296] In some embodiments, the applications 42, 43, 44 reformat the raw events from a respective device of the devices 36—39 (that are received via subscriptions to topics registered by the device gateway 40) into CQI—messages. The applications 42, 43, 44 may register pics which are subscribed to by the stener 72. The applications 42, 43, 44 publish the CQI—messages into these CQI—topics which causes the CQI—listener 72 to receive the CQI messages. The CQI—listener 72 transmits the CQI messages to the cloud services 28.
In a specific ment, a single GUI interface 33 may be used to view the CQI messages within the database 30 while creating a DAL file 35 for use by the devices 36, 37, 38, and 39. Software updates 34 may also be sent to the device gateway 40 to update the l devices 36, 37, 38, and 39. shows a diagram 73 illustrating the aggregation of several facilities 76—80 for communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The several facilities 76—80 may each include a facility gateway 21 (see for communication with cloud services, such as the infusion safety r 74. In some embodiments, the several facilities 76—80 are part of a group of facilitates that share a common infusion safety manager 74 that is not ible by other facilities not within the group of facilities 76—80. The group of facilities 76—80 in communicates with the infusion safety manager via the ications link 344. Such an arrangement may be used in the event that a group of facilities 76—80 is grouped into a larger organization such as an Integrated Delivery Network (IDN) 75. shows a diagram illustrating a system 81 for electronic patient care in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The system 81 includes a facility, e. g., a hospital k 82, and cloud services 83.
The hospital k 82 includes a hospital information network 84, an EMR 85, a CPOE 86, a PIS 87, a LIS 88, an integration engine 89, a integration capabilities component 90, a clinical state manager 91, databases 92, 95 and 98, a biomed application 94, a CQI listener 93, a pump application 96, a syringe application 97, a device gateway 99, a firewall 100, and medical devices 101. In some embodiments, systems 84—88 may be external to the hospital network 82. A team of biomed technicians 102 may be available to use the biomed application 94.
The cloud services 83 includes databases 104, 105, 106 and 113, a firewall 103, a CQI er 108, a CQI server 109, a CQI UI 110, and a DERS editor 112. cists and clinicians 111 may ace into the DERS editor 112 and/or the CQI UI 110. Safety staff 107 may interface into the CQI UI 110 and/or the DERS editor 112. The DERS editor 112 and/or the CQI UI 110 may be a browser—based interface. In some embodiments, the DERS editor 112 and CQI UI 110 may be accessed by the same r— based interface. id="p-302" id="p-302"
id="p-302"
[00302] The HIS 84 supports the administrative functions of the hospital (e. g. admission, discharge, transfer, coding, billing, collections). The EMR 85 keeps track of patient medical history in the health care institution nters, exams, diagnoses, procedures, etc.). The CPOE 86 is a system used by doctors to order lab tests, prescription drugs, medical images and other clinical procedures. The PIS 97 is a departmental system used by cists to receive, review, track and fill orders for prescription medications. The LIS 88 is a departmental system used by lab technicians to receive and s orders for al samples (e. g. tissue, blood, urine, etc.). The hospital ation engine 89 provides e translation capabilities to enable the ation system 84—88 to interoperate with each other and with external systems. Most of these engines may map between different ts of HL7. An Integration Engine may be located on the device gateway 99 to interoperate with the HIS, EMR and PIS, through the hospital integration engine 89. The device gateway 99 provides message routing engine, supporting both publish/subscribe and point—to—point g mechanisms. The device gateway 99 also provides name resolution and capability registry capabilities.
Various devices 101 are used to treat patients, such as infusion devices that deliver medication, nutrition and hydration in liquid form to patients via intravenous (IV), subcutaneous, or other routes. A pump application 96 and a syringe application 97 are applications that provide software intelligence to medical devices 101, by receiving, filtering and ing raw , and smitting higher—level interpretations. Each type of medical device of the devices 101 may have a corresponding device application, e. g., one of the applications 96—97.
Each infusion device of the devices 101 may be used to control delivery of a ic infusate (e. g. hydration, nutrition, blood or medication in liquid form) to a specific patient. Dose adjustments, in the form of loading or bolus doses, or dose ions may be considered to be separate infusion phases within a parent infusion. A collection of infusions or infusion events for the same patient as part of the same therapy are considered to be an "Infusion Story" which may be recorded by a CQI server 109. id="p-305" id="p-305"
id="p-305"
[00305] An infusion may be organized into a setup phase, a programming phase, and a delivery phase. During the setup phase, a clinician verifies the infusate, patient and pump, and connects the tubing from the infusate to the pump and the pump to patient, which may be ed by the CQI server 109. During the programming phase, the clinician enters the dose parameters into the pump and the pump verifies them using the installed DAL version (which may also be recorded by the CQI server 109). During the delivery phase, the pump delivers the specified volume of infusate at the programmed rate.
Each of the medical devices 101 may detect alarm conditions (i.e. situations where the pump is not infusing), as well as alert and advisory conditions, which may or may not be safety—critical. Each of the medical devices 101 may attempt to establish a secure network connection to the device gateway 99. Each of the medical devices 101 may collect programming, delivery status and exception events for each infusion and provide them to the device y 99 so that they may be reported as CQI messages to the CQI receiver 108. Each of the medical devices 101 may icate these events to the device gateway 99, which routes the data to the CQI receiver 108 (directly or indirectly). If or when, in some embodiments, a medical device of the medical devices 101 cannot establish or maintain a working connection to the device gateway 99, the medical device may save these events in an internal , and permit the biomed cian 102 to copy them to portable media (e. g., a memory stick) with or without the use of the biomed application 94. In some embodiments, these events may be downloaded via the biomed application 94 running on a personal computer that has a USB cable coupled to the medical .
The biomed app 94 provides a browser—based tool for biomed users 102 to monitor the health of their medical devices 101, view log files, track maintenance activities, and manage the installation of software/firmware. The log files, maintenance logs, and software/firmware lation and upgrade tracking data may be stored in the database 95.
The device gateway 99 may be a bed—side device that couples to all of the devices 101 ated with a particular patient. In another embodiment, the device y 99 is a software application executable on a facility gateway. In yet another embodiment, the device gateway 99 is software executable on a bed—side appliance (e. g., a compact computer). The device gateway 99 may be a message router, a service registry, and/or a pump authorization registry. The device applications 96—97 can register message types and publish messages to the gateway device 99. Any l device of the medical s 101, including s that may plug into a l device (see other 37 in of the medical devices 101 (e. g. respiratory monitor into PCA) can be used to publish data via the y device 99. The device applications 96—97 may act as "information refineries." Each of the device applications 96—97 subscribes to messages from a particular type of bed—side device of the medical devices 101 via the gateway device 99. Each of the device applications 96—97 can synthesize CQI, clinical, and biomed information from an event stream ed from one or more of the medical devices 101 through the device gateway 99. In some embodiments, each of the device applications 96—97 re—publishes these higher level events to the device gateway 99 or to other subscribers, such as the CQI listener In some embodiments, some of the CQI messages may be used for auto— documentation, auto—programming and billing functions. In yet some additional embodiments, the CQI messages may be used for auto—documentation from the medical device 101 into the EMR 85 and/or for auto—programming of the l device 101 from an eMAR system (e. g., part of HIS 84). The CQI messages may include drug safety events and latency information.
] The CQI listener 93 subscribes to events related to continuous quality improvement of drug safety and ensures their reliable delivery to the hosted environment.
The CQI listener 93 may store the events in the database 98 for ic transmission to the CQI receiver 108 (through the firewall 103).
The CQI receiver 108, the CQI server 109, and the CQI UI 110 may be provided in a hosted environment 83 (i.e., cloud services). A master—slave database ation (database 105 as master and 106 as slave) may be used in the hosted environment 83 in order to reduce con?icts between user queries and CQI data updates.
The CQI server 109 may post—process CQI events into summary table) form prior to storing them in the database 105 in order to reduce response time for top—level queries and presentation requests. The CQI UI 110 may provide a series of rd reports (compliance, limit violations, titration safety, events by stage, and events by priority). The CQI sever 109 may support a query API, to be used by the DERS editor 112 and the CQI UI 110 to drill down to more detailed summaries and into details of particular CQI messages.
The CQI server 109 provides is and query services for a user using the CQI UI 110. The CQI server 109 may provide the user of the CQI UI 110 summary totals for CQI messages and update summary tables (on a configurable interval). The purpose of these summary tables is to reduce response time for top—level CQI queries. These ies may cover the following statistical measures: (1) programming modes used, such as infusions using DERS limits vs. wildcard; (2) soft and hard limit violations; (3) titration safety ation, such as titration increase/decrease gs and dose limit violations; (4) reportable clinical events (e.g., RCEs 149 of bed below) by priority level; and/or (5) reportable clinical events (e.g., RCE 149 of described below) by infusion stage. Each of these summaries may compute subtotals for the following data views: (1) organization name; (2) institution name (e.g., facility name); (3) care area; (4) hour of day; and/or (5) week.
A web service query API may be used to enable the CQI UI 110 and/or the DERS editor 112 to : (1) summary totals for each data view described above, filtered by the specified selectors; (2) RCE detail by infusion; and/or (3) actual programming, limits and infusion statistics by patient (i.e. infusion stories). In some specific embodiments, the DERS editor 112 and/or any system of the hosted services 83 may be based upon a J2EE— compliant application server. The databases 104, 105, 106, and 113 may use a database management server.
Once the J2EE and database management servers are installed and configured, the following shared database tables may be imported to m a DERS database 113 initialization: (1) reference tables, such as units of measure, dose modes, etc.; (2) access control tables for administrative users, roles, privileges and permissions; (3) DERS medication list; (4) National Database of Nursing Quality Indicators (NDNQI) care area list; (5) institution attributes; and/or (6) database tables ed by the DERS editor 112. The DERS editor 112 may be used to add or edit organizations, add or edit regions, and/or add or edit access control (each with or without attributes).
In one embodiment, the DERS Editor 112 and/or the DERS se 113 may run in a single application server and database environment for multiple facilities 82.
In yet another embodiment, each institution 82 may be hosted in its own virtual environment (e. g., cloud services 2).
] The CQI UI 110 and/or DERS editor 112 may support an HTTP/Javascript interface for producing CQI reports and ctive drill—down operations to users who are running a web r, in some specific embodiments.
The CQI messages are received by the CQI receiver 108 which stores them in the database 105. If the CQI receiver 108 cannot s all of the incoming CQI messages at a predetermined rate and/or the CQI er’s 108 buffer is full, the CQI messages are temporarily stored in the database 104, which may be accessed by the CQI receiver 108 for storage within the database 105 when the CQI receiver is unloaded. The database 105 may be replicated by the database 106. The database 106 is user accessible via the CQI server 109 using either the CQI user interface 110 and/or the DERS editor 112. id="p-318" id="p-318"
id="p-318"
[00318] The CQI databases’ 105, 106 records depend on the DERS editor 112. The records include: (1) reference tables, such as units of measure, dose modes, etc.; (2) access control tables for strative users, roles, privileges and permissions; (3) DERS tion List; (4) NDNQI care area list; and/or (5) institution attributes.
Since these nces are dependent on the DERS editor database’s 113 version, consistency is preferable. One option is to share the tables between the databases 113, 105, 106. While this option is convenient, it increases deployment ng between the two databases 113 and 105, 106. Alternatively, coupling can be reduced by maintaining read—only copies of these tables inside the CQI databases 105, 106, with a procedure to update them whenever they are changed in the DERS Editor 112.
] Access control for the CQI databases 105, 106 may be similar in structure but ent in content versus the DERS database 113. Some users may be defined for the CQI server 109 but not for the DERS editor 112. Even for those users which appear in both, permissions may differ (e.g. some CQI data is nly). In some embodiments, users and their permissions and access credentials may be stored in a user se 7000 which may be in the hosted environment.
Certain database tables (e. g. reportable clinical events and statistical summaries) may be required by the CQI ses 105 , 106 and may be setup when the CQI databases are 105, 106 created.
The CQI UI 110 and/or the DERS editor 112 may each utilize data from the CQI server 109 (and thus data from the database 106) and data from the DERS editor 112 (and thus with the database 113) to generate a DAL file 114.
The clinical state manager 91 is an intermediary between the device gateway 99 the integration engine 89 which orchestrates asynchronous work?ows involving several actors and components.
Pharmacists and select clinicians 111 use the DERS editor 112 to define drug limits for an institution and create a DAL file 114 (which may be in an XML format). The drug limits may be defined using a well—defined, carefully controlled, fully documented s, with controlled release procedures. Drug limits may be specified using the DERS editor 112 of the DAL manager 5. The facility 82 may use common reference models for medications, care areas, dose modes, etc. to tate later cross—institutional comparison.
The DERS editor 112 may run in the hosted environment 83 such that users access it using a web browser. In some embodiments, no client—side software is required to run the DERS editor 112 except for a sufficient browser. The DERS editor 112 may e drug limits and defaults that are organized by care area, medication, clinical use, medication tration, etc. The DERS editor 112 may support a query interface to the CQI server 109 to integrate the search and analysis of CQI insights to improve the next DAL version.
In some embodiments, a forrnulary database 7002 may also be included. The formulary se 7002 may include a master list of medications and drugs which may be included in various DAL files 114. The formulary database 7002 may interface with the DERS editor 112 and the CQI server. The DERS editor 112 may draw from the formulary database 7002 during the creation of DAL files 114. This may help to ensure consistency of data across various DAL files and facilitate comparison of a number of DAL files 114. shows a block m 144 to illustrate some aspects of a communication between a medical device 145 (e. g., an infusion pump) and a device application 151 (e. g., a pump application) in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. Although a pump 145 is described herein with reference to it is contemplated to use any other medical device in place of or with the pump 145 to te the event 146.
Shown in the block diagram 144 is a medical device 145 (e. g., an on pump) that communicates an event 146 (e. g., a pump event) to a device gateway 147. The pump event 146 may be a CQI—message, may be the basis for a CQI—message, or it may be other data, such as raw data, from the medical device 145. The pump event 146 may be an operating parameter, a delivery parameter, and/or other ing . In some specific embodiments, the pump event 146 may use Simple Object Access Protocol ("SOAP") using Web Services ("WS") addressing. In some embodiments, the event 146 is communicated using entational State Transfer ") which may use the full HTTP (or HTTPS) protocol.
The event 146 may be an event as shown Table 1 as follows: Pump Event Name 2 Infusion Events (Alarms, Alerts, Notifications] 2.1 High priority technical Alarm signaled 2.2 High priority Operational Alarm signaled 2.3 Occlusion Alarm signaled 2.4 Side clamp not installed when loading startion set 2.5 Peristaltic pump not sealed 2.6 Administration set removed during infusion 2.7 Under infusion Alarm 2.8 Air limit reached 2.9 Air single bubble exceeds allowable 2.1 Alarm condition cleared by operator 2.11 Internal Software Error 2.12 Medium priority Alert signaled 2.13 Medium priority Alert escalated signaled 2.14 Operator inactivity during mming 2.15 Low priority Alert signaled 2.16 Infusion near end Alert 2.17 Callback alert ed 2.18 Notification ed 2.19 Alarm silenced 3 Infusion Events (infusing) 3.1 Pump status update 3.2 Pump switch to Bolus delivery 3.3 Pump switch to Loading Dose delivery 3.4 Pump switch to Multirate ry 3.5 Pump switch to next Multirate step 3.6 Pump switch to y delivery 3.7 Pump switch to KVO 3.8 Infusion end awaiting operator input 3.9 Infusion end revert to primary 3.1 Infusion end stop infusion 3.11 Infusion end switch to KVO 4 Infusion Events ro rammin 4.1 Set programming context as primary 4.2 Set programming context as secondary 4.3 Set programming context as Bolus 4.4 Set programming context as Loading Dose 4.5 End programming mode 4.6 Cancel programming 4.7 Rate set 4.8 Dose rate set 4.9 Care Area set 4.1 Drug Name set via selection 4.11 Drug Name set via operator override 4.12 Clinical use set 4.13 Drug Concentration set 4.14 Volume to be infused set 4.15 Time remaining set 4.16 Pump mode set 4.17 Patient ID set 4.18 Patient name set 4.19 Patient weight set 4.2 Patient BSA set 4.21 Program Cleared 4.22 DERS soft limit exceeded 4.23 DERS soft limit attempted 4.24 DERS hard limit attempted 4.25 DERS not used for mming 4.26 Titrating program 4.27 Occlusion threshold set 51Device Events Communication .1 WIFI Comm Status Change .2 Device Gateway Comm Status Change .3 Authentication Comm Status Change .4 Generic Device Log Message .5 Infusion Program ed from Device Gateway .6 Patient instructions received from Device Gateway lDevice EventsAccess re uests 6.1 Clinician login attempt 6.2 Biomed login attempt 6.3 Device access unlock attempt 1 Device Events (Configuration Updates} 7.1 DAL update available 7.2 DAL update received 7.3 DAL update installed 7.4 DAL update rejected 7.5 Software update available 7.6 Software update ed 7 7 SW update installed 7.8 SW update rejected 7.9 Detected different Battery led 7.1 Detected new security certificate 7.11 Detected new Device Gateway address lDevice Events L0 in 8.1 Device identification 8.2 Event Log Created 8.3 Infusion log entrys deleted without sending Device Events ) 9.1 y Status 9.2 Power off request 9.3 Sleep request 9.4 Battery current at recharge 9.5 Battery current when ge stops Time to reach control point 9.7 Device Hardware Status Array (provide a set of hardware parameters, e. g., 20 hardware parameters specific to the internal functioning of the device) Table 1 The items listed as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 in Table 1 are pump event s. When the medical device 145 is not connected to the device gateway 147, these events are stored in a local memory buffer of the medical device 145. While connected (and once re—connected), these events are published to the device gateway 147 using a secure protocol, e. g., SSL, SSH, symmetrical—key encryption, and/or asymmetrical—key encryption.
Alternatively, these events may be copied to a le storage medium and manually published to a device gateway 147. As previously mentioned, the device gateway 147 may act as (or contain) a h—subscribe engine that is configured to route pump events to interested subscribers.
] Referring again to the pump events may be sent to the CQI r 4 that relates to the device events of the devices 26. These events may be used to monitor an entire ?eet of the medical s 26 across many facilities 10. For example, the Device Hardware Status Array 9.71 may be ted to a CQI message and is communicated to the CQI manager 4. A user may log into the CQI manager 4 to schedule maintenance events, order new parts based upon the data, to provide predictive or preventive maintenance, and/or to order new parts for preventative reasons or predictive s. The user may use deterministic heuristics to determine what to order, when to order it, and/or when to ?ag some of the devices 26 in various facilities 10 for maintenance. The CQI manager 4 may be used for supply chain management of parts for a ?eet of devices 26, and may provide real—time information about the status of the ?eet of s 26. For example, the Device Hardware Status Array may include battery ation such as the current at full charge, which indicates the health of an internal battery. For all of or a subset of the devices 26 among several facilities 10, the CQI manager 4 may automatically order new batteries when the health of the battery falls below a ermined threshold. Additionally or alternatively, the CQI manager 4 may automatically schedule for the battery to be replaced in these identified devices of the s 26.
Referring again to a device application 151 (e. g., a pump application configured for operation with a pump) may be executed on the device gateway 147 (in some embodiments, they may be different hardware and/or software). The device application 151 subscribes to events published by the medical device 145.
The pump app 151 may process the stream of raw events and refine them into streams of higher—level clinical events, e. g., the reportable clinical event 149 which may be reported to a server of the hosted cloud services for storage therein (e. g., the database 30 of .
In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the device application 151 is deployed in a J2EE application server as a message driven bean ("MDB"). The MDB is a stateless ent that subscribes to a Java Message Service (JMS) Topic, e. g., PumpTopic 150. An application server of the device gateway 147 may activate the device application 151 on a worker thread when a message is available.
The device application 151 is a stateful component and contains one pump handler 153 instance for each pump 145 deployed in the institution. The pump dispatcher 152 ins a lookup table of pump handlers 153 using the pump’s 145 serial number as a unique key.
The pump MDB uses the application server’s naming service to access the pump application 151. It gets the pump’s 145 serial number from the message header, and uses the pump cher 152 to find the appropriate pump handler of the pump handlers 153. If the respective pump handler of the pump handlers 153 is busy (processing another message, on another thread, etc.), the pump MDB queues the message to the pump dispatcher 152 (to ensure messages are processed in sequence). If the respective pump handler of the pump handlers 153 is idle, the pump MDB asks the respective pump handler of the pump handlers 153 to process the event. Each pump handler of the pump handlers 153 ins a set of finite state machines ("FSM"), each of which ses a relevant subset of the pump events (see Table 1 above), including a pump FSM 156, a program FSM 157, and a delivery FSM 158.
The pump FSM 156 is the top—level state machine that processes events which do not belong to any infusion. The program FSM 157 is a child state machine which is activated when an infusion programming context is started, and is responsible for processing infusion programming events. The delivery FSM 158 is a child state machine which is ted when infusion delivery is started, and is responsible for processing operational events during an on. A separate programming FSM 157 and ry FSM 158 may be used because a ary infusion (incl. loading, bolus, or titration) can be programmed while a y on is in progress.
The medical device’s 145 operating model, e.g., pump FSM 156, may be used to construct reportable clinical events (RCEs) 149 or to construct reportable biomed events (RBEs) 148. For example, the pump FSM 156 may: keep track of the pump 145 when it completes one infusion and reverts to r which was suspended; keep track of programming of one infusion while another is running; and/or keep track of more than one high—priority operational alarm that may occur at one time. That is, the pump FSM 156 may include nested state models.
Each pump handler of the pump handlers 153 may also maintain some context objects to hold programming and delivery context information. These context objects will be ted as Biomed Events (for tracking pump ation) when complete, and will be persisted for recovery, in case the pump ation 151 needs to be restarted.
The context objects may include an infusion state, an infusion mode, and an infusion segment. The infusion state includes the programming/delivery state data for primary and secondary ons. The infusion mode includes the programming/delivery state data for a ular dose/rate (e. g. loading, bolus, and/or titration). The infusion segment includes the delivery state for an operational period within an infusion mode (e.g. pumping, d, alarmed, etc.). Upon sing the pump event 146, a respective FSM 156, 157, or 158 may transition to a new state, create, update or delete a context object, and output a reportable event (a CQI—message), such as a reportable biomed event 148 or a reportable clinical event 149. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a list of reportable clinical events is shown in Table 2 as follows: RCE Reportable Cllnlcal Event Name 0.01 Pump Failure 0.02 Clinical Advisory 0.03 (Un)Successful Self Test 0.04 0.05 Secondary Alert/Alarm 0-07 0-08 0-10 0.11 1-01 1.02 1.03 RCE Reportable Clinical Event Name 1.04 Tube Misload 1.06 e Misload 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.12 Silence to Resolution to Start 1.13 Battery Alerts/Alarms Alerts and Notifications 2.01 2-02 2.03 (Near) End Infusion Notification 2-04 3.01 3.02 3.03 Link Infusion to Infusion Story 4-01 4.02 4.03 4.04 Infusion Complete 4.05 Bolus Dose 4.06 4.07 4.08 4.09 .01 .02 .03 .04 Bolus Time Soft Limit Override .05 Load Dose Soft Limit de .06 Load Time Soft L1m1t Override 07 Rate Soft Limit Override ('1m Reportable Cllnlcal Event Name .08 Time Soft L1m1t de .09 Concentration Soft Limit Override .10 Weight Soft Limit de (Group) -12 -13 6.01 6.02 6.03 6.04 6.05 m0WV) to Hard or Soft L1m1t Violations 7.01 7-02 7-03 7.04 Bolus Dose Soft L1m1t Pullback 7.05 Bolus Time Soft Limit Pullback 7.06 Load Dose Soft Limit Pullback 7.07 Load Time Soft L1m1t Pullback 7.08 Rate Soft L1m1t Pullback 7.09 Time Soft L1m1t Pullback 7.10 Concentration Soft L1m1t Pullback 7.11 Weight Soft L1m1t Pullback (Group) 7.12 BSA Soft L1m1t ck (Group) 7.13 Rate Soft L1m1t Pullback (Group) 7 14 Time Soft L1m1t Pullback (Group) Table 2 Referring to the CQI Listener 93 of may run inside each facility 82, can connect to the device gateway (99 in or 147 of , and subscribe to CQI RCEs 149 or the CQI RBEs 148. The CQI Listener 93 of may establish a secure private connection to the CQI receiver 108 in the hosted environment 83 (see . This connection may be physical (continuously connected) or logical (transient connection while transmitting messages).
The device gateway 147 may route the RCEs 149 or RBEs 148 to the CQI listener 93. The CQI listener 93 may ensure message lity (i.e. no messages are lost during transmission due to network congestion or disconnection). As a result, the CQI listener 93 may: (1) store each message to be itted to a local persistent queue (for ing); (2) transmits each of the RCEs 149 and/or RBEs 148 from the head of the queue to the CQI Receiver 108; and/or (3) remove the message after receiving acknowledgement from the CQI receiver 108.
] The CQI receiver 108 runs inside a hosted environment within the hosted environment 83. The CQI receiver 108 listens for and accepts secure network connection requests from one or more CQI listeners 93. The CQI receiver 108 receives RCEs 149 from each connected CQI listener 93. The CQI receiver 108 may ensure message durability, so upon receipt, it writes each RCE 149 into the database 105. The CQI receiver 108: (1) stores each message received (CQI es) to a local persistent queue (for buffering); (2) appends each CQI message from the head of the queue to a table in a CQI event database; (3) acknowledges t of the message to the CQI listener 93 that sent the message; and (4) removes the CQI message from the local queue (as it is safely in the CQI event database 105).
As previously mentioned, the CQI Event Database 105 is implemented using a Master—Slave replication. That is, database 105 is the master while database 106 is the slave. With this approach, there are two copies of the CQI event database with identical schemas, in some specific embodiments. As insert, update, and delete ctions are d to the master database 105, a database management system (DBMS) within the database 105 writes the changes to a journal, and is able to transmit unposted changes to the slave database 106.
] Each CQI message (e. g., a RCE) may belong to a specific institution. This ution reference should match the institution which operates the medical device (e. g., a medical device of the medical devices 101 of or the medical device 145 of and which released the Drug Administration Library (DAL) which is deployed in that device. As a result, the CQI databases 105, 106 may require a list of institutions which are tent with the DERS database 113. shows a state diagram illustrating a method 161 of programming an infusion device (e.g., of devices 16 of in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The method 161 begins with the user capable of interfacing with a U1 of the device.
] The infusion programming starts in the state shown as the state labeled as "begin." State 162 is when the basic mode programming is used (e.g., when a DERS compliance exception device is used, for example). After programming using a DERS compliance ion device, the method tions to state 165 in which the drug programming is complete.
State 166 is when the DERS—based protection is used and dose parameters are programmed into the device, which transitions to state 165 if no limit violation is detected. If there is a soft limit violation detected or a hard limit violation detected, the method 161 tions to state 167. If it is a soft limit, the clinician may: (1) override the software limit which causes the method to continue to state 165; (2) program the infusion attributes with unchanged infusion intent, which either continues to state 165 if no new violation is found or to state 167 if a new violation is found; or (3) change the infusion intent (e.g. change the medication, care area, clinical use and/or concentration) which causes the method 161 to t at state 166.
If a hard limit is detected, the method transitions from state 166 to state 167, which requires the state to nsition back to state 166 and does not allow the clinician to override the DERS violation. id="p-348" id="p-348"
id="p-348"
[00348] The on method 161 may be cancelled during many states. In the basic mode programming state 162, the clinician can cancel the infusion before programming is completed. In the DERS programming state 166, the clinician can cancel the on before the programming is completed. In state 167 when a DERS soft limit or hard limit violation has been detected, the clinician can cancel the infusion. id="p-349" id="p-349"
id="p-349"
[00349] During state 165, the medical device will present an "infusion start" button in which the caregiver can press to transition a medical device to state 163, in which the infusion begins. A d button may be present on the user interface when in state 163, which causes the device to suspend when pressed thereby transitioning the device to state 164. A continue button may be present on the user interface when in state 164, which causes the device to return to state 163 when d to continue therapy. If a fatal error (a predetermined set of errors) is detected in states 163 and/or 164, the method 161 transitions to the end state.
Upon completion of the infusion, the pump sends an on complete message to the clinical server via the device gateway. The clinical server links the completion event to the iption record. The clinical server may format an IHE auto— documentation message and sends it to one of the facility IT apps 11 (see , e. g., for recording in an Electronic Medical Administration Record "), to update the patient’s Electronic Medical Record (EMR) 17, and/or update the hospital’s billing system to record successful infusion of the medication. illustrates a publish—subscribe model 168 for use by the facility gateway 21 of by the applications 41, 42, 43, 44 and device y 40 in or in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
The model uses a pub/sub engine 169 that allows publishers 171 to register one or more topics 170 with the pub—sub engine 169. Once the topic 170 is registered, one or more ibers 172 can subscribe to the topic 170. The subscribers 172 may subscribe using a teed subscription to the topic 170, in some ic embodiments. When a publisher of the publishers 171 posts an event related to the topic 170, all subscribers of the subscribers 172 that have subscribed to the topic 170 receive the data from the pub/sub engine 169.
A publisher (of the publishers 171) may register one or more topics 170.
Each topic of the topics 170 may be a unique topic. One or more subscribers 172 may subscribe to one or more topics of the topics 170 to receive events therefrom. When a publisher 171 posts an event to a unique topic (e.g., a "first topic") of the topics 170, all subscribers to the first topic of the topics 170 will receive that event; nonsubscribers to the first topic of the topics 170 will not receive that event. Subscribers 172 subscribed to other topics (e. g., a second topic) of the topics 170 but not the first topic will not receive events sent that only corresponded to the first topic.
The topics 170 may provide a level of indirection enabling the publishers 171 and the subscribers 172 to be ous, in some embodiments. The pub/sub engine 169 may allow the communication to be one—way and asynchronous (e.g., a "fire and " communication). The pub/sub engine 169 may provide durable message delivery, on both sides. Durable topics of the topics 170 may ensure that messages will not be lost if the pub—sub engine 169 fails. Durable iptions used by the subscribers 172 may ensure that a subscriber 172 will not miss messages when it is not running.
] The b engine 169 may be part of the device gateway 22, may be part of any other re within the facility gateway 21, or may be a stand—alone application of The pub/sub engine 169 may be part of the device gateway 40, within an application 41—44, or may be a stand—alone application of The pub/sub engine 169 may be part of the device gateway 99 of may be part of the applications 94, 96, 97, or may be a stand—alone application of illustrates a capability—registry model 173 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. A provider 176 registers its lity 175 with a capability registry 174. The capability 175 may include two aspects, including an interface and an attribute. The interface is the list of request/response pairs and cations (in both directions). The attributes is the service level agreement parameters specifying limits on the quality of delivery (e. g. se times, error rates and recovery policies, costs, etc.).
An initiator 177 can communicate with the capability registry 174 to find and bind to the capability 175. Thereafter, the initiators 177 can request information from the providers 176 and e a response. The capability registry 174 may be part of the device gateway 22, may be part of any other software within the facility gateway 21, or may be a stand—alone application of The capability registry 174 may be part of the device gateway 40, within an application 41—44, or may be a stand—alone application of The capability registry 174 may be part of the device gateway 99 of may be part of the applications 94, 96, 97, or may be a stand—alone application of The lity registry 174 may supplement or e the b engine 169 in some specific embodiments. shows a drug safety method 115 used to generate a DAL file in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The method 115 may be used with the system 1 of the system 27 of the system 81 of or any other electronic t care system. The method 115 is but one of many methods which may be used to generate a DAL file. Some embodiments may differ.
Participants from a pharmacy, clinical care area, etc. (e.g., selected users from 6, 7, 8, 9, 18, and 19 of or 102, 107, and 111 of may be ed to help generate and define a DAL File 35 (see that contains safety rules for drug administration that may consider the type of medication, clinical care group, clinical care area, mode (e.g. amount—based, rate—based or weight—based, dose strategy (loading, bolus, ramp), etc.), concentration, etc.
Method 115 includes acts 116 and 117. Act 116 includes acts 118—125 as subacts and act 117 includes acts 126—127 as subacts. Act 116 generates a DAL file and act 117 rs the use of the DAL file to help inform updates of the DAL file 35 (see FIG.
Act 122 sets up a DAL file, e. g., an initial DAL file without field entries or a template DAL file. Act 123 receives modifications to the DAL file in accordance with an entry from one of the selected users (e.g. via the DERS editor 112 of . Act 121 s the DAL file, e. g., by running a medical device simulator via the DERS editor 112 of After review during act 121, a pilot DAL file may be (electronically) released in act 120. Act 118 approves the pilot DAL file. However, after the pilot has ted, adjustments may be made to the DAL. Act 118 may be performed via clicking on a "approve" button on a web browser to approve the use of a referenced file (e. g., referenced by version number, creation date, etc.).
In act 119, the DAL file is released and is sent to the medical device. In Act 125, the CQI server imports reference data (i.e. medications, care areas, dose modes, etc.) from the DAL file. Upon DAL release, a file containing the drug records is ed to both the hospital and to the CQI environment. A biomed technician may install the DAL file on each device after release in act 119. Act 126 is the medical device g CQI events to the CQI receiver 108. The CQI events sent in act 126 may be ted in therapies performed by a device using the DAL file in act 127 During operation, medical s generate CQI events (i.e., CQI messages).
The CQI messages may include information about when a normal infusion , when an infusion bypasses the DERS checks, when a soft limit is exceeded and overridden, and/or when a soft or hard limit is exceeded and the y is reprogrammed, among others. id="p-364" id="p-364"
id="p-364"
[00364] The CQI events are transmitted to a CQI Server in act 126, which collects and stores them. Safety officers can run reports which summarize these events and provide drill—down capabilities to identify opportunities for procedural improvement in act 124.
Similarly, pharmacists and ians can query the CQI database to identify opportunities to improve drug records in the next release of the DAL file in act 124. That is, in act 124, the CQI messages are analyzed or reviewed. Modifications to the DAL file may be made in act 123 to create a new n of the DAL file. The new DAL file may then be reviewed, piloted, and released as described above.
In some embodiments, usage of a DERS editor, such as the DERS editor 112 in to create a DAL file is a collaborative process involving a number of individuals or parties. Every person or party involved in the creation of a DAL file may contribute to the on of the DAL file by accessing the DERS editor and interacting with a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, no client—side software may be required to access the DERS editor except a sufficient web browser. In some ments, the DERS editor user interface may be accessed via an app on a tablet computer or the like. The individuals or parties ed in the creation of the DAL file may use an internet capable computer, tablet computer, smartphone, etc. to access the DERS editor and make contributions to the DAL file.
Each individual or party involved in building a DAL file may have ic assigned roles, responsibilities, and/or privileges. These roles may be assigned using an Access Control List (ACL) and/or Role Based Access Control (RBAC) model. The roles and responsibilities may be fulfilled as part of a method which may be used to generate a DAL file. The roles, responsibilities, privileges, etc. may be assigned to structure the orative process. They may also be assigned to encourage maximum input and oversight for DAL file generation. This may help to assure that the DAL file created by the collaborative process is well designed and mitigates drug errors to the greatest possible extent. Various roles and privileges for users may be stored in a user database (not shown) which is hosted in a hosted environment. In some embodiments, various roles and privileges may instead be stored in a DERS database.
A DERS editor may also allow users to provide unsolicited contributions, ck, requests, comments, notes, questions, etc. which may be used to build a DAL file or better a DAL file. If during a DAL file pilot, simulation, or during everyday usage, a user finds an issue, concern, opportunity for improvement, etc. a user may submit a change request to address it. Such a t may be tied to CQI data or a specific CQI report to provide context to a reviewer.
CQI data may be readily accessible, perhaps to differing degrees depending on user or party, while contributing to a DAL file. This ation may be presented on the DERS editor user interface in an easily hensible form. In some embodiments, at least some of this data may be presented in the form of a graph, chart, or other visual aid. Users may also use the DERS editor to filter out undesired CQI data so as to t a more concise data set which focuses more narrowly on data of interest to the user. The availability of this CQI data may be utilized by an individual or party to help inform decisions about cations, etc. to various entries. The data may also be used to evaluate the appropriateness of various entries in a DAL file.
Additionally, the creation and modification of DAL files via the DERS editor may be an ly traceable process. Each entry or modification made in the DERS editor may be tied to a unique user login or ID which is associated with a specific individual or party. Each modifiable item within a DERS editor may be associated with a stored historical record documenting all past comments, notes, cations, requests, parameter values, etc. related to the item. id="p-370" id="p-370"
id="p-370"
[00370] An example conceptual diagram showing possible roles, responsibilities, and eges of various users and parties ed in collaboratively creating a DAL file is shown in . The e conceptual diagram is one of many possible examples and in ate embodiments, may be arranged differently. For example, some actors/parties may be combined or not included. Roles and responsibilities may also differ. As shown, the roles, responsibilities and privileges are allocated to promote creation of a well thought out DAL file which minimizes the possibility for ial drug errors. Multiple reviews of entries and a consensus of a number of individuals is required for a DAL file to be released in the example embodiment.
Each actor may make contributions to a DAL file with a DERS editor such as the DERS editor 112 shown in In some embodiments, various actors may access the DERS editor via a DERS editor user interface which may be navigated to on a web browser. A number of actors are shown to the left of the diagram. Other embodiments may include additional actors or fewer actors than shown here. Some actors may be a single individual in some embodiments and at least one group of multiple individuals in others. In some embodiments, two ent actors may, in fact, be the same individual or party performing different roles. The actors shown in the e in include a drug library strator 200, resource ians 202, a review pharmacist 204, a pharmacy consultant 206, and a clinical consultant 208. In the example embodiment, the actors fall into two broad categories; administrator or editing users (drug library administrator 200) and reviewing users (resource ian 202, review pharmacist 204, pharmacy consultant 206, and clinical consultant 208).
The drug library administrator 200 may be an individual or individuals such as doctors, care givers, pharmacists, etc. In some embodiments, the drug library administrator 200 may for example be the pharmacist 8 shown in or the safety staff 107 shown in The drug library administrator 200 may be given administrator capabilities in the DERS editor. That is, the drug library administrator 200 may have editing sions granting them the ability to alter most, if not all, modifiable entries and have final oversight over any proposed changes to a DAL file. The drug library administrator 200 may have privileges which allow them access to most if not all onalities of the DERS editor. The drug library administrator 200 may also be required to sign off on a finalized DAL file before it is released for use on s medical devices.
The resource clinicians 202 may in some ments be an individual or individuals such as doctors, nurses, nurse managers, etc. In some embodiments the ce clinicians 202 may be the nurse manager 7 and/or nurses 9 of In some embodiments, the resource clinicians 202 may be the pharmacy and clinicians of The resource clinicians 202 may have the ability to review, comment, add notes, propose changes, etc. to a DAL file via the DERS . Resource clinicians 202 may be divided into a number of sub groupings. For example, resource clinicians 202 may be divided into care area groups in some embodiments.
] The review pharmacist 204 may in some embodiments be an individual or individuals such as a pharmacist, etc. In some embodiments, the review pharmacist 204 may be the pharmacist 8 in The review pharmacist 204 may review all entries in a DAL file via the DERS editor and check for any entries which may need to be d. The review pharmacist 204 may also have the ability to comment, add notes, request changes, etc. to various entries in a DAL file.
The pharmacy consultant 206 may in some embodiments be an individual or individuals such as a pharmacist, etc. In some embodiments the pharmacy tant 206 may be the pharmacist 8 in A pharmacy consultant 206 may review one or more portion(s) of all of the entries in a DAL file via the DERS editor. The pharmacy consultant 206 may check for any entries which may need to be revised and may also have the ability to comment, add notes, request changes, etc. to various entries in a DAL file.
] The clinical consultant 208 may in some embodiments be an dual or individuals such as doctors, nurses, nurse managers, risk officers, other suitable personnel, etc. In some embodiments, the clinical tant 208 may be the nurse manager 7, nurses 9, biomed 19, and/or risk officer 6 of The clinical tant 208 may in some embodiments be the safety staff 107 of The clinical consultant 208 may be involved in performing a pilot of a DAL file. The clinical consultant 208 may have the ability to review, comment, add notes, etc. to entries in a DAL file or a portion of entries in a DAL file.
As shown in , the DERS is first setup in the DERS SETUP act 122.
In this act, various actors may be identified and ed user IDs which allow the various actors differing degrees of DERS onality. Additionally, in this act, the environment in which a DAL file is to be used in may be divided up into a number of different sub— environments or groupings. This may be done according to the environments organizational hierarchy. For example, a al may be divided into its constituent care groups (ICU, ER, NICU, Oncology, etc.).
In various embodiments, the roles, responsibilities, and privileges assigned to each actor may . For e, in some embodiments, a larger number of actors may be required to sign off on a DAL file before it is released for use in various medical devices.
Various actors may be allocated a greater or less degree of software functionality. id="p-379" id="p-379"
id="p-379"
[00379] The DERS medication list or lists may then be setup in the medication list customization step 210. As shown in the example tual diagram, the drug library administrator 200 may be the only actor with the privileges required to do this. In some embodiments, this step may be performed by a cist for example. During the medication list customization list step 210, all of the medications which are available for use within a facility or number of facilities that will use a DAL may be compiled into a single list. Additionally, if a medication has a number of different names or aliases, these may be defined and linked to their respective medications. Other information may also be defined for each tion. The full list of medications created in the medication list customization step 210 may be used in subsequent steps to ensure mity and increase efficiency. In some embodiments, the full medication list may be d by selecting medications from a master list or medications provided by a DERS editor service. In some embodiment, the full tion list may be created by selecting various medications from a master list of medications stored on a formulary database in a hosted environment.
In the Care Area Drug Records step 212 in the example in , the Drug Library Administrator 200 may perform the Drug Selection and Record Specification sub— step 214. In this sub—step, various medications identified in step 210 may be selected for inclusion in specific sub—divisions or care areas/groups of an institution. For example, in a hospital, a sub—set of the drugs defined in step 210 may be selected as drugs which are used in intensive care units of the hospital. The various medications which are selected for each care group may then have their records ed to suit the needs of each care area within the care group. For e, in this step, a drug for a specific care area may have various clinical uses, concentrations, limits, etc. specified. In some embodiments, this step may be carried out by one or more pharmacist(s) in addition or in conjunction with the Drug Library Administrator 200.
After the Drug Selection and Record Specification sub—step 214 of the Care Area Drug Records step 212 is complete, the Per Care Area cation sub—step 216 may be performed by at least one resource clinician 202. In this sub—step, the selected drugs and their records are reviewed and verified for each care area. In a hospital, one or more nurses or doctors who are assigned or work in a particular care area may be the ce clinicians 202 who m this sub—step for that care area. During this sub—step, the ce clinicians 202 may provide feedback on the various drug selections and records for each care area. id="p-382" id="p-382"
id="p-382"
[00382] In the Review step 218, the drug selections and records from the Care Area Drug Records step 212 are reviewed to ensure that they are appropriate and correct. In the example in , the Drug Library Administrator 200 edits and revises records which may need such action in the Editing and Revising sub—step 220. This may include addressing any feedback or requests produced by the resource clinicians 202 in the Care Area Drug Records step 212. It may also include addressing any feedback, concerns, requests, etc. from other actors involved in the Review step 218.
During the Review step 218, a Per Care Area Review 222 sub—step may be performed by at least one resource clinician 202. In this sub—step, the selected drugs and their records are reviewed for each care area. In a hospital, one or more nurses or doctors who are assigned or work in a ular care area may be the ce clinicians 202 who perform this sub—step for that care area. During this sub—step, the resource clinicians 202 may provide ck or change requests on the various drug selections and records for each care area.
Additionally, a Cross Care Area Review ep 224 and Care Group Review 226 sub—step may be respectively performed by the review pharmacist 204 and the pharmacy consultant 206. In the Cross Care Area Review ep 224, the selected drugs and their records for each care area may be reviewed by the review pharmacist 204 and feedback denoting any ns, suggestions, requests, etc. may be produced. In the Care Group Review 226 sub—step a pharmacy consultant 206 may review a care group’s drug list, drug records, and feedback denoting any ns, suggestions, ts, etc. There may be a number of pharmacy consultants 206, each having a specific care group assigned to one of the number of pharmacy tants 206. In some examples, the pharmacy consultants 206 may additionally review other records as well. For example, in some examples, the pharmacy consultants 206 may also review the records for all drugs within an institution which are ered to be high risk if delivered in erroneous fashion.
In the Pilot step 228, all of the actors shown in (and s other actors not shown in ) participate in a pilot of the new DAL file which has been produced through steps 210, 212, and 218. During the Pilot step 228, various actors may use a pump tor on a DERS UI to test or review all of the entries for each care area. In some embodiments, a provisional DAL file may be created and sent to a test medical device. The DAL file may be tested and reviewed on the UI of the test medical device by various actors. Any feedback produced by various actors involved in the Pilot step 228 may be addressed and any necessary changes may be made to the DAL file.
To complete a DAL file, the DAL file may be required to go through the Approval step 230. In this step various actors may sign off on the DAL file and thus allow it to be released to medical devices in an institution. In the example in , the Drug Library Administrator 200 and the Resource Clinicians 202 are required to sign off on the DAL file. In some entations, a larger number or a r number of actors may be required to sign off on the DAL file before it is released. After the Approval step 230, the DAL file may be released for use in the institution.
In various embodiments, a DAL file may be arranged in a hierarchical fashion. That is, a DAL file may include a number of superior and subordinate s or parent and child entries which specify settings for a DAL file. These s may be arranged in various strata. As one progresses farther down a hierarchy, entries for the DAL file may become more specific. Parent entries, for example, may broadly define parameters, limits, etc. and child entries may further narrow or refine these parameters, limits, etc.
FIG. lla depicts an example chical arrangement of a DAL file. As shown, the example hierarchical arrangement shown in FIG. lla is similar to an ution/organization’s hierarchy. In some embodiments, the hierarchical arrangement of a DAL file may differ. For example, some DAL files may not include the care group and/or organization strata shown in FIG. lla. This may be particularly true of DAL files used in a small, stand alone institution.
] As shown, the hierarch of the example hierarchy for a DAL file may be the organization 2350 in which a DAL file is to be used. Below the organization 2350 may be the constituent institutions 2352 which make up the organization 2350. For some DAL files, an institution 2352 may be the hierarch of the DAL file hierarchy. This may, for example, be true in ios where a DAL file is being created for an institution 2352 which is not part of an organization 2350.
Each institution 2352 may be divided into a number of care groups 2354.
The care groups 2354 may each include a number of care areas 2356. A care group 2354 may be an organizational category into which a number of care areas 2356 may belong. For example, a number of ICU type care areas 2356 (e.g. neonatal, pediatric, adult, medical, surgical, cardiac, neuro, , burn, etc. ICU’s) may be grouped into an ICU care group 2354. Each care area 2356 may include a number of specific drug or medication records 2358 which are associated with that care area 235 6.
] At the various levels of the hierarchy, a number of parameters may be defined. The defining of these parameters may be the process through which a DAL file is created. These parameters may include but are not limited to various operational settings, data formatting settings, acceptable input ranges or values for data on a medical device, guardrails or limits for therapies or medical s, etc. A number of possible example settings which may be defined in a DAL file are described throughout the specification.
Other gs may also be included in some embodiments. In some instances, values defined at higher levels of the hierarchy may act as parent values for other values defined at lower levels of the hierarchy. id="p-392" id="p-392"
id="p-392"
[00392] In some embodiments, the same parameters may be defined at multiple levels of the chy. In such embodiments, the child parameter value (value defined at the subordinate hierarchical level) may default to the value defined for the parent parameter (value d at the superior chical level) when a user is ying parameter values for subordinate levels of the hierarchy. A user may alter these child values. In some embodiments a user may only be able to alter the value to a more restrictive value. For example, a user may define a patient weight high hard limit at the care group level. This value may act as the default setting for the same parameter in any care areas which are included in the care group. If the care group included a care area for pediatric patients, a user may desire to make the t weight high hard limit more restrictive and may be allowed to do so. Such inheritance of parameter values may help to facilitate DAL file creation and improvement, as well as increase ease of use and efficiency.
For another example, a care group 2354 may have a number of drugs which are associated with it. Drug s 235 8 for these drugs defined at the care areas 2356 level within that care group 2354 may specify the specific drug’s clinical uses and concentrations that are appropriate for the specific care areas 2356. As an example, in a care group 2354 consisting of five care areas 2356 which use r drugs, a user may only need to add the common drugs at the care group 2354 level instead of once for each care area 2356 in the care group 2354. Adding the drugs to the care group 2354 may cause the drug to consequentially be added to the care areas 2356 in the care group. Additionally, in some embodiments, a user may define some or all ters for each common drug at the care group 2354 level. These parameters may then be inherited as the defaults for their tive child parameters in each care area 2356 in the care group 2356. Such an arrangement may facilitate DAL file creation and improvement, as well as increase ease of use and efficiency.
Additionally, in some embodiments, some levels of the example DAL file chy may be divided into a number of sub levels. For e, drug s 2358 may be divided into general drug settings, clinical use settings, and settings for specific trations of the drug. These sub levels may furthermore have their own hierarchical arrangement.
FIG. llb depicts another example embodiment of a DAL file hierarchy 4500.
As shown, the DAL file hierarchy 4500 shown in FIG. llb includes a number of additional hierarchical strata than that shown in FIG. lla. Other embodiments may include different or a different number of strata. A user may be able to define various ter values to create the DAL file at each level shown. In some embodiments, the same or related parameter values may be defined at multiple levels of the hierarchy. In some such cases, a value defined at a higher level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500 may operate as a parent value for the same or related value at lower levels of a DAL file hierarchy 4500. It should also be noted that there may be multiple constituent parts at each level of a DAL file hierarchy which make up the higher levels of a DAL file hierarchy 4500. For example, referring back to FIG. lla, multiple care groups 2354 may make up each institution 2352.
As shown in FIG. llb, the hierarch of the DAL file hierarchy 4500 is an IDN or organization 2350. The next level down is the region 4502. This level may be included in ces where an IDN includes a number of institutions which are spread out of a large geographic area. In other embodiments, this level of the hierarchy may be used to create groups of similar institutions (e. g. urgent care centers, clinics, etc.) The next level of the DAL file hierarchy 4500 is shared. A user may define various settings at an institution level 2352. A user may also define general settings 4504. A user may also define tions and medication ries 4506 at this level. In some embodiments this may be done at a higher level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500. These may be defined by creating a master medications list for an institution and then dividing it into a number of categories. A user may also define parameters for medications and categories 4506. Any values defined at this shared level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500 may act as parent settings for the care group 2354 level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500.
A user may define various parameters for the care group 2354 level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500. A user may define one or more medication records 2358 and parameters for those medication s 235 8 for each care group 2354. Various parameters defined for a care group 2354 may function as parent gs for any tion records 2358 defined for the care group 2354. Care group 2354 parameter settings may also act as parent settings for entries in care areas 2356 within a care group 2354. Additionally, any medication records 2358 and parameters associated with them defined for a care group 2354 may be included automatically in care areas 2356 within a care group 2354. id="p-399" id="p-399"
id="p-399"
[00399] A user may define various parameters at the care area 2356 level of a DAL file hierarchy 4500. A user may define one or more medication records 2358 and parameters for those medication records 235 8 for each care area 2356. Various parameters defined for a care area 2356 may function as parent settings for any medication records 2358 defined for the care area 2356. id="p-400" id="p-400"
id="p-400"
[00400] As shown, medication records 2358 are divided into a number of sub levels. tion records 2358, in the example embodiment in FIG. llb include a medication 4508 sub level which is at the top of their internal hierarchy. A user may choose the name of a tion from a master medication list to populate this sub level of the hierarchy. This may apply any parent values defined for that medication in the master medication list or medication ries list. A user may be able to define additional other ters at the medication 4508 sub level. Any values defined for the medication 4508 sub level may act as parent values for the clinical use 4510 sub level. A user may define various parameters at a clinical use 4510 sub level. These values may act as parent values for the concentration 4512 sub level. A user may also be able to define various parameters at the concentration 4512 sub level.
Figs. 12—71 depict a number of example ?owcharts which detail a number of aspects of DERS editor usage. These ?owcharts and the steps shown within these ?owcharts are only exemplary. In other ments, usage of the DERS editor may differ from that shown and described in Figs. 12—71. Some steps, for example, may not be performed or may not be performed in the same order as shown and described herein. Some embodiments may include different or additional steps. It should also be recognized that some of the ?owcharts depicted detail only one example of many possible ways of accomplishing the same result. Many embodiments may include multiple alternative work?ows which may be followed to realize the same end result. For the sake of brevity, not all alternative work?ows considered within the scope of this disclosure are shown. The ?owcharts shown and described in Figs. 12—71 may be related to the various screens shown and described in Figs. 72—181. id="p-402" id="p-402"
id="p-402"
[00402] depicts a rt detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be a part of the DERS SETUP 122 (see, for example, phase of the creation of a DAL file. The steps detailed in the ?owchart in may be performed prior to any use of a DERS editor at a medical institution. A user may log into a DERS hosting environment in step 240. The user may be a part of the hosting IT for the hosted environment 83 in 4. In some embodiments, the user may be a DERS editor service administrator. In step 242, the user may login to the DERS database within the DERS hosted environment. The DERS se may, in some embodiments, be the DERS database 113 ed in In step 244 a user may run a database loading script on the DERS database. This loading script may load DERS reference tables onto the DERS database. The loading script may load DERS reference tables which will be used for all institution and organizations which use the DERS editor service. The reference tables may load drugs, drug aliases, substitute drugs, drug atibilities, care area types, roles, units of e, t types, approval/verification states, s attributes, etc. onto the database. In step 246, the correctness of the database loading script may be confirmed by the user. In step 248, a user may load a test institution DERS ce. This instance may be used by the user to test the correctness of the reference tables which were loaded onto the DERS database in step 249.
The steps detailed in the ?owchart in may be performed by a user with direct or remote access to the DERS hosted environment. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update reference tables loaded on to a DERS database. In some embodiments, the nce tables may be those bed in relation to . In step 250, a user logs into a DERS hosting enVironment. The user may be a part of the hosting IT for the hosted enVironment 83 in In some embodiments, the user may be a DERS editor service administrator. In step 252, the user may login to the DERS se within the DERS hosted enVironment. The DERS database may, in some embodiments, be the DERS database 113 depicted in In step 254 a user may run a database update script on the DERS database. This update script may update DERS reference tables on the DERS database. This update script may update the DERS reference tables used by all institutions or organizations which use the DERS editor serVice. In step 256, the correctness of the database update script may be confirmed by the user. In step 258, a user may load a test institution DERS instance. This instance may be used by the user to test the correctness of the reference tables which were updated on the DERS database in step 259. The steps detailed in the ?owchart in may be performed by a user with direct or remote access to the DERS hosted enVironment. depicts a ?owchart showing a number of example steps which may be used to ish institution and organizational hierarchies in a DERS database. The various steps shown in the ?owchart in may be performed as part of the DERS SETUP 122 (see, for example, phase of the creation of a DAL file. In step 260, the organizational structure of the institution or organization is determined. In the st cases, there may be only a single institution which uses its own DAL and has no parent organization. In other cases, an organization may include a number of different institutions all of which use the same DAL. In some cases, an zation may include a number of different institutions with at least 2 different DAL files. In cases where a DERS database is being used by an organization, a field for the institution name may be included. This name may be used for organizational data comparison and may be included in CQI es from institutions within the organization.
] In step 262, the loading/update script for the organizational schema may be created. In step 264 a user logs into a DERS hosting enVironment. The user may be a part of the hosting IT for the hosted enVironment 83 in In some embodiments, the user may be a DERS editor serVice administrator. In step 266, the user may login to the DERS database within the DERS hosted enVironment. The DERS database may, in some ments, be the DERS database 113 depicted in In step 268, a user may run a database update script on the DERS database. This update script may create a new database or databases for the specified organizational schema. In step 270, the correctness of the se update script may be confirmed by the user. In step 272, a user may load a test institution DERS instance. This ce may be used by the user to test the correctness of the organizational schema which was updated onto the DERS se. The steps detailed in the ?owchart in may be performed by a user with direct or remote access to the DERS hosted environment. shows a ?owchart showing a number of exemplary steps which may be used when giving a subscribing institution access to a DERS editor. In step 280, an institution or organization may sign a contract for enrollment in the DERS service with a DERS editor service provider. The DERS editor service may be configured to support the new institution or organization in step 282. In some embodiments, this may e setting up a database and ation server for the new institution or organization. In some other embodiments, a new dataset may be created within an existing database for the new institution or organization. This step may be performed by g IT for a hosted environment in which the DERS editor e databases, servers, etc. reside. In some embodiments, step 282 may involve performing the steps detailed and depicted in .
] In step 284, DERS editor service personnel (e.g., the Hosting IT of the hosted environment 83 of may set up a user account for a user at the institution or organization. In some embodiments, this user may be a drug library strator such as the drug library administrator 200 shown in . The access information for the user account may also be provided to the user at the institution or organization in this step. In step 286, the user at the institution or organization may log in to the DERS editor. In some embodiments, the user at the institution may also be required to change their password in step 286. The user at the institution may then be provided ng by DERS editor service personnel in step 288. The user at the institution may then have access to the DERS editor.
A ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to setup various aspect of a DERS within an organization or institution is shown in a.
Specifically, the example steps shown in the ?owchart in a may be used to define users, the groups they belong to, and their various permissions and privileges. The steps shown in a may be part of a DERS SETUP 122 phase (see, for example, . In step 300, a user may log into the DERS editor. The user may, in some embodiments, be the drug library administrator 200 of . This may be done by accessing a DERS editor user interface. As mentioned above, this may be accessed via a le web browser with no client—side software needed. The user may then navigate to a user editor on a DERS editor user interface in step 302. The user may then perform any of steps 304, 306, 308, and 310.
Step 304 changes the values of the group permissions for Group A. Step 306 changes the values of the group permissions for Group B. Step 308 changes the values of the group permissions for Group C. Step 310 changes the values of the group permissions for Group D. Groups A—D may be various categories of possible ution employees. For example, one of Group A—D may be a pharmacist group, another may be a biomed group, r may be a nurse manager group, and the last may be a safety staff group. In various embodiments, there may be additional groups for other categories of institution or organization employees. The groups may be user defined in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the groups may be predefined and may have a set of default values of group permissions which are provided by the DERS editor service. Some embodiments may not include groups, but rather te sion based on specific user. Additionally, some groups may include sub—groups (not shown). The permissions which are available for allocation may allow a user to customize groups or subgroups to best fit the needs and/or current structuring of their institution/organization. id="p-410" id="p-410"
id="p-410"
[00410] In a specific ment of the present disclosure, a list of possible sions is shown in Table 3 as follows: Permission Name Create User Update User Delete User Edit Institution/Organization Drug List Change Group Permissions Create Group Delete Group Remote Login Update Care Area Delete Care Area Read Care Area Review Care Area Approve Care Area Permission Name Add Comment or Note Read Comment or Note Create Change t Review Change Request Approve/Deny Change Request Access Medical Device Simulator Add/Modify Drug Records for Care Area(s) Release DAL Download DAL Modify l Settings Modify Clinical Advisories Change Permissions for Individual Users Approve DAL for Release Create DAL Report Create Intra—Organization DAL Report Create Inter—Organization DAL Report Create CQI Report Schedule Automated CQI Report Read Only Access Assign Review Task to User Approve Change Request Update Care Group Delete Care Group Read Care Group Review Care Group Approve Care Group Still referring to a, a user may also choose to create a new user in step 312. This may involve defining a user name and a temporary password for the new user. It may also e providing the email s of the new user. A user may then proceed to any of steps 314, 316, 318, and 320. A user may also choose to d to any of steps 314, 316, 318, and 320 from step 313 in which the user selects an existing user. In step 314 a user may assign a newly created user, or existing user to Group A. In step 316 a user may assign a newly created user or existing user to Group B. In step 318 a user may assign a newly created user or existing user to Group C. In step 320 a user may assign a newly created user or existing user to Group D. In some embodiments, a user may assign a newly created user or existing user to more than one group. In some embodiments, additional steps (not shown) may be included where a user may assign a newly created user or existing user to further groups or sub—groups.
] In step 321, the DERS editor e may save the changes to a database. In some embodiments, the database may be the DERS database 113 of In other embodiments the database may, for example, be a user database in a hosted environment. In step 322a, the DERS editor service may notify the appropriate users that s have been made. For example, if a new user account is created the new user may be notified. As shown in 322b, in some embodiments, this may involve an tically generated email message which is sent to the new user. This message may provide the new user with a hyperlink to the DERS editor in embodiments where the DERS editor may be accessed via a suitable web browser. This message may include account information and instructions detailing how the new user should make use of the DERS editor. It may also include rd and access information to the newly created user. Alternatively, this information may be manually provided to the new user. id="p-413" id="p-413"
id="p-413"
[00413] b depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to define users, the groups they belong to, and their various permissions and privileges. The example ?owchart shown in b depicts a number of steps which may be used with a web browser based DERS editor service. In step 4400, a user may log into the DERS editor and te that they would like to use a user editor. A web tier for the DERS editor may then render the user editor page in step 4402. A user may then have the choice of adding a new user or updating/deleting an existing user.
A user may indicate, in step 4404, that they would like to add a new user. A web tier for the DERS editor may then render an add user page in step 4406. The user may then add various user metadata for the new user in step 4408. After the metadata is added for the new user, a web tier may create the user tials for the new user in step 4410. In step 4412, the new user data may be inserted into a database. The database may, for example, be the DERS editor database 113 of or a user database in a hosted environment.
After the new user data has been added to the database, or after a user has indicated that they would like to update an ng user in step 4414, a web tier may retrieve the user eges and information in step 4416. A query record set for the requested user may be built and sent to the web tier in step 4418. The web tier may then render a user editor interface for the selected user in step 4420. In step 4422, a user may make desired edits to the user and submit any changes. Such edits may include, but are not d to, modifying group assignments, modifying privileges, deletion of the user, assigning user responsibilities, etc. A web tier may update the user account data in step 4424. In step 4426, the data for the edited user may be written or committed to a database.
Additionally, in step 4426, a success cation may be sent to the web tier to indicate a successful update of the database. A web tier may display a success dialog box in step 4428 to indicate that the user account information has been updated. shows a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update various aspects of a DERS within an organization or institution.
Specifically, the example steps shown in the ?owchart in may be used to update users, the groups they belong to, and their various permissions and privileges. In step 330, a user may login to the DERS editor. The user may, in some embodiments, be the drug library administrator 200 of . This may be done by accessing a DERS editor user interface.
As mentioned above, this may be ed via a suitable web browser with no client—side software . The user may then navigate to a user editor on a DERS editor user interface in step 332. The user may then perform any of steps 334, 336, and/or 338. ming these steps may involve following steps similar to those shown and described in relation to a and 16b. In step 334, a user may modify the s permissions for a group which may, for e, be one of Groups A—D shown in a. In step 336, the user may add a user to a group which has been previously created. This may be done, for example, to add a newly hired employee to a group. In step 338, the user may individually modify the permissions of users with access to the DERS editor. In some embodiments, this step may not be included. In some embodiments, this step may be ed while steps 334 and 336 are not included. The former case may be well suited to institutions which are relatively large and/or x. The latter case may be well suited to small institutions or medical settings where the DERS editor may only have a small number of total users. After a user has finished updating various aspects of the DERS editor, the DERS editor service may save any changes to a database in step 339. This database may be the database 113 of or a user database in some embodiments. The DERS editor service may notify affected users of any updates in step 340. This may be lished by an automatically generated email which is sent to affected users. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to create or update an institution/organization master medication list. In some embodiments, the steps shown in the ?owchart in may be a part of the medication list customization 210 described in relation to . In step 350, the user navigates to the medication list for the institution or organization on the DERS editor user interface. The DERS editor service may then display the medication list editor in step 352. The user may be a drug library strator such as the drug library administrator 200 in . In other embodiments the user may be a pharmacist, or any user granted permission 0.04 of Table 3. After navigating to the medication list for the institution or organization, the user may either import a medication list from the DERS editor service or may select a medication or medications from a master list provided by the DERS editor e. id="p-418" id="p-418"
id="p-418"
[00418] If a user elects to import a list from the DERS editor service, the user may be prompted by the DERS editor service to select a medication list to import in step 356. This step may involve displaying a list of importable lists stored by the DERS editor service or on a database associated with the DERS editor service. The user may then import the desired list in step 358. The DERS editor service may then update the medication list for the institution/organization so that it includes the imported entries in step 359. If a user desires to add more medications to the institution/organization medication list, the user may import r medication list or may select a medication from a master tion list accessed via the DERS editor service. If a user is finished updating or creating the institution/organization tion list, the user may proceed to step 366. Step 366 will be described later in the specification.
If a user does not import a medication list or if a user has imported a medication list and desires to add additional medications, the user may add desired medications to the institution/organization medication list by proceeding to step 360. In step 360, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select a medication to add to the medication list as illustrated by step 361. These tions may be selected by a user from a master tion list provided by the DERS editor service in some ments. The DERS editor service may then prompt users to enter an alias or other name for the medication in step 362. The user may provide the alias in step 363. The DERS editor service may solicit the user to provide onal information for added medications in step 364. The user may provide any additional information in step 365. If a user wants to add other medications to the institution/organization medication list after ting step 365, the user may decide whether they would like to import a medication list or select a tion from a master list and proceed as described above.
When a user is ed adding medications to the medication list, the user may proceed to step 366. The user may indicate they are finished adding medication in step 366. The DERS editor service may then prompt the user to save the created or updated medication list for the institution or organization in step 367. The user may then save the created or d medication list in step 368. This may cause the medication list to be saved on a database such as the DERS database. The DERS editor service may then notify appropriate users at the institution or organization that its medication list has been created or updated in step 369. For instance, the DERS editor e may notify all users responsible for creating or maintaining care area medication lists that the institution/organization medication list has been created or updated.
Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to add clinical advisory entries to a database is shown. A clinical advisory may e ation about a medication to a user of a medical device. This information may include stration guidelines, information from a pharmacy formulary, indications, etc. In various embodiments, a clinical advisory may include text, an image or graphic, and/or and electronic file such as a .pdf or the like. A clinical ry may be a free text entry in which a user may enter anything they desire. Some embodiments may include a number of types of clinical advisories. For example, some embodiments may include a short text clinical advisory and a full clinical ry. The short text clinical advisory may be limited to a predefined number of characters (e. g. 40) to allow it to be easily displayed on a graphic user interface of a medical device.
These steps may be performed as part of the medication list customization 210 described in relation to . In step 370, a user navigates to the al advisory list. The user may then decide to either import a clinical advisories list from the DERS editor service or may add his or her own clinical advisories to the clinical advisories list. If the user decides to import a list of clinical advisories from the DERS editor service, the user may import the list in step 372. If the user decides to add their own al advisories to the list, the user may proceed to step 374 and add these clinical advisories. The user may repeat step 374 as many times as d until the user is finished adding clinical advisories to the clinical advisories list. In step 376, the user may log out and save changes to the clinical advisory list for the institution or organization. Changes may be saved on the DERS database. In step 378, the DERS editor service may notify all pertinent users that the clinical advisories list has been updated. Step 378, in some embodiments, may include automatically sending an email to relevant users informing them of the changes.
In some embodiments, additional steps may be included in which a user may upload files (e.g. images, documents, etc.) to a clinical advisory. In some ments, clinical advisories may not be added, modified, etc. at the clinical use level. Instead, these advisories may be added to tion records when such records are being defined by a user. In some embodiments, a user may define clinical uses for a drug as well as the various clinical uses and concentrations of the drug. shows a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to modify the general settings for an institution or organization. The steps may be performed as part of a DERS SETUP 122 (see, for example, phase. In step 380, a user navigates to the general settings list on a DERS editor user interface. As mentioned above, this may be accessed via a suitable web browser with no client—side software needed.
In some embodiments, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to enter values for various general settings in step 381. The user may then modify, enter, update, etc. any of the desired values in the general gs in step 382. In step 384, the user may log out and save any changes made to the general settings. s may be saved on the DERS database.
The DERS editor service may then notify all the appropriate users that the general gs have been modified in step 386. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a non— limiting list of possible General Settings is shown in Table 4 as follows: shows a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to add a care group to an institution or organization. As detailed above in relation to FIGS. 11a —11b, within a DAL file, an zation or institution may be broken into a number of sub—areas or groups which may, for example, re?ect departments within the organization or institution. The steps shown in may be part of a DERS SETUP 122 (see, for example, phase. In step 2370, a user navigates to a care group list on the DERS editor user interface. The user chooses to add a new care group to the list in step 2372. When adding a new care group to a care group list, the user may have a number of options. In some embodiments, a user may start from a blank template or nearly blank template. In the rt for the embodiment depicted in , a user may also choose to copy the information for an existing care group to expedite the process. If a user elects to copy a pre—existing care group, the user proceeds to step 2374. In step 2374 a user specifies the pre—existing care group which the user would like to copy, and copies the care group.
The user may then change the type of care group by modifying the care group type to that of the new care group in step 2376. In some embodiments, a user may also adjust care group gs in step 2376.
If a user chooses not to copy a pre—existing care group, or no pre—existing care group exists, the user may proceed to step 2378. In step 2378, a user specifies the type of new care group which will be added to this list. This step may include selecting a care group from a list of possible care group types. The care group type may be a broad ry into which a number of care areas within an institution or organization may fit. Example care groups may include ICU, Emergency, Pediatric, Neonatal, Adult, Step Down, Surgery, atric, etc.
A user may proceed from step 2376 or step 2378 to step 2380. In step 2380, a user may modify the name of the care group so that it matches the name used for that care group within the institution or organization. A user may y various users that are associated with the newly created care group in step 2382. For example, a user may specify a number of clinicians which work in or are assigned to the care group in step 2382. A user may also specify other duals within an institution or organization which may have responsibilities for reviewing or contributing to the new care group.
In step 2384, a user may define various care group parameters for the new care group. This may involve modifying default values, filling in a blank template, modifying copied values, etc. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a non— limiting list of possible care group parameters is shown in Table 5 as follows: - Care Grou Parameters 0.01 Care Group Name 0.02 Care Group Type 0.03 Require Second Review 0.04 tions 0.05 0.07 0.08 Auto—Lock UI After Predetermined Period of 0.10 Inactivity 0.11 Option to Input Weight In Pounds 0.12 Facility Syringe List 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28 Can Occlusion Sensitivity be Changed on 0.29 Device 0.30 Default Air Infusion Limit 0.31 Can Air Infusion Limit be Changed on Device After specifying care group parameters, a user may save the new values in step 2386. The care group and the parameter values may be saved on the DERS editor database. The user may then te that the new care group is ready to be reviewed by those responsible for reviewing the care group in step 2388. The DERS editor service may then notify the appropriate users that the care group has been created and is ready for review in step 2390. This may be done by an automatically generated email.
Similar steps may, for example be followed to add a care area to a DAL file in some embodiments. Though the screens used on a DERS editor user interface may differ, a user may define similar information and parameters for a care area. In some embodiments, some of the care group ters shown in Table 5 may instead or also be defined at the care area level. Parameters at the care group may act as parent parameters for a care area.
For example, a care group parameter may be the default setting for the same parameter at the care area level. onally, a user may create a list of medications which may be used within the care group when defining a care group. This may be accomplished following steps similar to those shown and described in relation to . shows a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to add a care area to an institution or zation. As detailed above in relation to FIGS. lla—l lb, an organization or institution may be broken into a number of sub—areas or groups which may, for example, re?ect ments with the organization or institution.
The steps shown in may be part of a DERS SETUP 122 (see, for example, phase. In step 390, a user navigates to a care area list on the DERS editor user interface. The user chooses to add a new care area to the list in step 392. When adding a new care area to a care area list, the user may have a number of options. In some embodiments, a user may start from a blank template or nearly blank template. In the ?owchart for the embodiment depicted in , a user may also choose to copy the information for an existing care area to expedite the process. If a user elects to copy a pre—existing care area, the user may proceed to step 394. In step 394 a user specifies the pre—existing care area which the user would like to copy and copies the care area. The user may then change the type of care area by modifying the care area type to that of the new care area in step 398. In some embodiments, a user may also adjust care area gs in step 398.
If a user s not to copy a pre—existing care area, or there are no pre— existing care areas, the user may proceed to step 396. In step 396, a user specifies the type of new care area which will be added to this list. This step may include selecting a care area from a list of le care area types. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a non—limiting list of possible care areas is shown in Table 6 as follows: A user may proceed from step 396 or step 398 to step 400. In step 400, a user may modify the name of the care area so that it matches the name used for that care area within the institution or organization. A user may specify a care group (if any) to which the new care area belongs in step 401. A user may specify various users that are associated with the newly created care area in step 402. For example, a user may specify a number of clinicians which work in or are assigned to the care area. A user may also y other duals within an institution or zation which may have responsibilities for reviewing or contributing to the new care area.
In step 404, a user may define various care area ters for the new care lO area. This may involve modifying default values, filling in a blank template, modifying copied values, etc. In some embodiment, parent parameter values, i.e., values defined for the same parameter at the care group level, may be automatically used as default values for child parameters at the care area level. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a non—limiting list of possible care area parameters is shown in Table 7 as follows: - Care Area Parameters 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 Downstream Occlusion ivity Change by 0.32 User Allowed 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 - Care Area ters Require Second Review of High Risk 0.38 Medication 0.39 Require Operator Identification 0.40 Can Speaker Volume Be Changed By Operator Auto—Lock UI After ermined Period of 0.41 Inactivity 0.42 Option to Input Weight in Pounds 0.43 Devices Supported in Care Area Operator Allowed to Select Syringe not in 0.44 Facility List 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 After specifying care area parameters, a user may save the new values in step 406. The care area and the parameter values may be saved on the DERS editor database.
The user may then indicate that the new care area is ready to be reviewed by those sible for reviewing the care area in step 408. The DERS editor service may then notify the appropriate users that the care area has been created and is ready for review in step 410. This may be done by an automatically generated email.
Referring now to , a rt detailing a number of example steps which may be used in the verification of a care area is shown. Similar steps may also be well suited to the verification of a care group. The steps may need to be performed by all designated reviewers before a DAL file containing the care area may be released. In some embodiments, these steps may define one of many processes which need to be completed before a DAL file may be released. These steps may be performed as a part of the Review 121 phase of or the Per Care Area Verification ep 216, Per Care Area Review sub—step 222, Cross Care Area Review sub—step 224, and/or Care Area Review sub—step 226 of in some embodiments. The steps shown in may be performed by one or more actors. For example, the steps may be performed by the nurse managers 7, pharmacist 8, risk officer, 6, and/or biomed 19 of These steps may be performed by the resource ian 202, review pharmacist 204, pharmacy consultant 206, and/or clinical consultant 208 of . The steps shown in may be completed on a DERS editor user interface which may be accessible through a suitable internet browser.
In step 420, a reviewing user may te to the care areas list. In some embodiments, the DERS editor may then solicit the reviewing user to select a care area from the list in step 421. In step 422, a reviewing user may select the care area they would like to or are responsible for reviewing. In some embodiments, a reviewing user may be responsible for reviewing all items, elements, parameters, etc. in a care area. In some embodiments, a reviewing user may only be assigned a portion of the items, elements, parameters, etc. in a care area. The ing user may review an element of the care area in step 424.
In some embodiments, the reviewing user may be required to enter a comment for all items, elements, or parameters of a care area as the ing user is reviewing the care area. In the example ?owchart depicted in , as the reviewing user is reviewing the various parameters for the care group, the reviewing user is required to either approve the item, element, parameter, etc. or enter a comment about the item, element, parameter, etc. If a reviewing user has no concern or question about the element, the user may indicate their verification of the t in step 425.
If a ing user does not approve of an item, element, parameter, etc. for the care area, or has other ts/feedback/questions, the user may proceed from step 424 to step 426. In step 426, the reviewing user may enter a comment, question, or provide feedback about a specific item, element, parameter, etc. for the care area. For a etical example, if a parameter for Patient Weight High Hard Limit in a Neonatal Intensive Care Unit was specified as 70kg, a reviewer may enter a comment saying, "this limit appears to be very high, perhaps a typo was made and a zero was added to the entry. Should this value be " Additionally, some comments in some embodiments may include a change request which can be accepted or . Any comment, question, or ck may be tied to the parameter such that other users or actors may view and in some cases act on the comment or feedback. In some embodiments, a reviewing user may include various attachments, links, pictures, CQI data, etc. in comments.
Once a reviewing user has verified or commented on an item, element, parameter, etc., the user may return to step 424 if there are further items, elements, parameters, etc. to review. If there is nothing left in the care area which requires review, a reviewing user may have the option of providing general ck about the care area. In step 428, the user may e general feedback or comments about the care area as a whole. Comments, questions, and/or feedback provided in step 428 may be tied to the care area such that other users may view and in some cases act on the comment or ck.
After a reviewing user has provided all of the general comments and feedback they desire to provide, the reviewing user may indicate they have completed their review in step 429.
Various comments, questions, ck, etc. may be saved on the DERS editor database.
After indication that a user is done reviewing a care area, a DERS editor service may send out a notification that the user has finished reviewing the care area in step 430. This notification may be sent out to other users or actors and may be in the form of an automatically generated email message. This message may, for e, be sent to a drug library strator such as the drug library administrator 200 shown in . In some embodiments, it may be necessary for at least one actor or user to address all ts, ons, and feedback provided in steps 426 and 428 before a DAL file containing the care area may be released. shows a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to update a care area. Specifically, the example ?owchart in details a number of steps which may be used to update a care area after it has been reviewed. The review process may be that bed and shown in relation to . The steps shown in the example ?owchart in may be a part of the Editing and Revising sub—step 220 shown in . The steps ed in may be performed by a user such as a drug library administrator. Steps similar to those in may be used to update a care group. id="p-443" id="p-443"
id="p-443"
[00443] In step 440, a user may navigate to a care area list on a DERS editor user interface. The DERS editor user interface, in some embodiments, may be accessed via a suitable web browser. In some embodiments, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select a care area in step 441. A user may select the care area they would like to revise in step 442. In step 444, the user reviews a comment, question, or feedback regarding the new care area or a parameter within the new care area. A user may take a number of actions with each comment, question, or piece of provided feedback.
If a reviewing user asked a question about the care area or a parameter in the care area, a user may proceed to step 446. In step 446, a user may enter an answer to the question. This answer may then be made available for the l reviewing user to see. In some embodiments, after a user provides an answer in step 446, a DERS editor service may notify the reviewing user who asked the question that an answer has been made available.
This notification may be sent as part of step 448. In some embodiments, the reviewing user may be able to respond to the answer if necessary or may be required to ledge that a actory answer was received.
If a reviewing user enters a comment, question, or feedback that is not readily understood, warrants further discussion, etc. a user may proceed to step 450. In step 450, a user may enter a on regarding the reviewing user’s l input. This question may then be made ble for the initial reviewing user to see and respond to. In some embodiments, after a user enters a question in step 450 a DERS editor service may notify the reviewing user that a question has been entered about a comment, question, or feedback of theirs. This notification may be sent as part of step 452. id="p-446" id="p-446"
id="p-446"
[00446] If a reviewing user enters a comment, question, or feedback which includes a request to change a parameter of the care area, a user may accept or deny the change request. If a user accepts a change, they may proceed to step 454 and change the parameter in the care area in response to the change request. If a user decides to deny the change request provided by the reviewing user, the user may deny the request in step 456. In some embodiments, a user may be able accept or deny a change request by interfacing with one or more l buttons which are included as part of the change request on a DERS editor user interface. In such ments, acceptance of a change request may automatically change the parameter for the care area.
If a reviewing user enters a comment or ck which does not include a change request, give rise to a on, or require a response, a user may be required to mark the comment or feedback as read in step 458.
After addressing a comment, question, or feedback, the DERS editor service may update the DERS Review Status information in step 459. A user may then review other comments, questions, and, ck until all comments, questions, and feedback from reviewing users have been addressed. When all ts, questions, and feedback have been addressed, a user may proceed to step 460. In step 460, a user may indicate that they have finished updating the care area. The s may be saved and the user may then log out of the DERS editor in step 462.
In step 464, the DERS editor service may notify all of the relevant users that the care area has been updated and is ready for re—verification. This notification may consist, in some embodiments, of an automatically generated email message. The re— verification process may be similar to that described and shown in relation to .
Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to add drug records or medication records to a specified care area. The terms "drug record" and "medication recor " are herein used interchangeably. These drug records may define the medications ble for use within a care area and various limitations, characteristics, etc. which may apply to those medications. The example steps shown in the rt in may be performed as a part of the Drug Selection and Record Specification sub—step 214 shown in . In some embodiments, these steps may be performed by a drug library administrator such as the drug library administrator 200 shown in . In other embodiments a different individual such as a pharmacist or other actor may be responsible for adding drug records to a care area. In some embodiments, similar steps may be used to add a drug record to a care group.
In step 470, a user may navigate to a list of care areas on a DERS editor user interface. A user then may select a care area to add drug s to in step 471. In some embodiments, it may be required that parameters for the care area have been pervious defined and ed before drug records may be added to the care area. In such ments, the defining and verification of parameters may be accomplished by performing steps similar to those shown and described in relation to FIGS. 22—24.
When a user is ready to add drug records to a care area, the user may decide to add a specific drug or may elect to add a non—specified drug. If a user elects to add a specific drug, a user may copy a Medication Record from an existing group (step 474) or may define a medication to create a Medication Record for the care area (step 476). If a user elects to copy a Medication Record, the user may proceed to step 474. In step 474 a user may copy a tion Record for a desired medication from an existing care area. In some embodiments, this may involve selecting a medication record from a list of medication records displayed on the DERS user interface. In some embodiments and situations, a user may be able to copy a tion record from a different institution. This may be especially true if an institution is part of an IDN, for example.
] Copying of the Medication Record may copy all of the Rule Sets and Concentration Records for the medication. In some embodiments, a user may have the ability to opt out of copying some or all of the Rule Sets and/or Concentration Records when copying the Medication Record over to the new care area. After copying a Medication Record a user may repeat step 474 for as many records as desired or may perform step 476 to add onal Medication Records. If, after copying a Medication Record, there are no more medications to add to the care area, a user may proceed to step 486. Step 486 will be described later in the specification. In some embodiments, a step may be included to allow a user to make adjustments and modifications to a copied care area.
] Step 476 may be performed if a user wants to create a Medication Record without copying the record from r care area. In this step a user may define the name of the medication for which the Medication Record will be created. In some embodiments, a user may select the name of the medication from a master list of medications. Such a list may be provided by a DERS editor service or may be compiled within an institution or organization. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a non—limiting list of possible Medication Record ters is shown in Table 8 as follows: -0.02 -0.03 -0.04 -0.05 -0.07 Log Medication as CQI Compliant -0.08 High Risk Medication mAdd Drug Family After ng a medication name and s medication parameters for the Medication Record, a user may then be required to define one or more Rule Sets for each Medication Record. Each Rule Set, in some embodiments, may be provided for a specific clinical usage of a drug or medication. Rule Set and clinical use are used herein hangeably. A tion may, for example, have a Rule Set which governs how the medication may be delivered when it is red as a weight based infusion and another which governs how the medication may be delivered when delivered as an intermittent infusion. A non—limiting list of other possible clinical usages may include: non—weight based infusion, body e area (BSA) based infusion, continuous infusion, etc.
In some embodiments, such as that shown in , the user may have a choice between copying a Rule Set for a medication from an existing Medication Record (step 478) or defining their own Rule Set for the drug (step 480). If a user elects to copy a Rule Set, the user may proceed to step 478. In step 478, a user may choose a Rule Set to copy from an existing Medication Record. This may involve selecting a desired Rule Set from a list displayed on a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments and situations, a user may be able to copy a Rule Set from a different institution. This may be especially true if an institution is part of an IDN, for example. g of the Rule Set may copy all of the Concentration Records for the Rule Set as well. In some embodiments, a user may have the ability to opt out of copying certain Concentration s or all Concentration Records when copying the Rule Set.
After copying a Rule Set, a user may repeat step 478 for as many Rule Sets as desired or may perform step 480 to add additional Rule Sets. If, after copying a Rule Set, there are no more Medication Records or Rule Sets to add to the care area, a user may d to step 486. Step 486 will be described later in the specification. Some embodiments may include a step where a user may edit or modify the copied Rule Set.
Step 480 may be performed by a user if a user desires to create a Rule Set for a Medication Record without copying a pre—eXisting Rule Set. In this step, a user may create the Rule Set and define parameters for the Rule Set. In some embodiments, depending on the type of Rule Set being created, a user may be required to define different parameters. In a specific embodiment of the t disclosure, a non—limiting list of possible Rule Set ters is shown in Table 9 as follows: - Rule Set Parameters — 1.01—— 1.02—— 1.03—— 1.04—— 1.05—— 1.06—— 1.07—— 1.08—— 1.09—— 1.10—— Volume to be Infused Zero Handling Changeable on 1.11 DeVice 1.15—— 1.16—— 1.18—— 1.19—— 2.01 2.02 2.03 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11 4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 4.07 4.08 4.09 4.10 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09 .10—— .11 6.01 6.02 6.03 Can VTBI Zero Handling for Bolus be able on 6.04 Device 6.05 6.07 6.08 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 7.01 7.02 7.03 7.04 7.06 7.07 7.09 Can Time for Time Based Loading Dose be Changed 7.13 on Device 7.14 Default Time - Rule Set Parameters — Time Based Loading Dose Time High Hard Limit — Time Based Loading Dose Time High Soft Limit — Time Based Loading Dose Time Low Hard Limit — Time Based Loading Dose Time Low Soft Limit — After defining a Rule Set and parameters for the Rule Set, a user may then be required to define one or more Concentration Records for each Rule Set. Each Concentration Record may be created for every concentration of the medication which is to be used with a particular Rule Set. In some embodiments, such as that shown in , the user may have a choice between copying a Concentration Record for a Rule Set of an existing Medication Record (step 482) or defining their own Concentration Record for the Rule Set (step 484).
If a user elects to copy a Concentration Record, the user may d to step 482. In step 482, a user may choose a tration Record to copy from an existing Rule Set. After copying a Concentration Record, a user may repeat step 482 for as many Concentration s as desired or may perform step 484 to add additional Concentration Records. If, after copying a Concentration Record, there are no more Medication Records, Rule Sets, or Concentration Records to add to the care area, a user may proceed to step 486.
Step 486 will be bed later in the ication. In some embodiments, an additional step may be included in which a user may alter or adjust the copied Concentration Record.
Step 484 may be performed by a user if a user desires to create a Concentration Record for a Rule Set without copying a pre—eXisting Concentration Record.
In this step, a user may create the tration Record and define parameters for the Concentration Record. In a specific embodiment of the t disclosure, a non—limiting list of possible Concentration Record parameters is shown in Table 10 as follows: 1.09—— 1.13 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.08 2.09 2.10 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11 4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 Can VTBI Zero ng for Bolus be Changeable on .04 Device .05 .06 .07 .08 .09 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 6.01 6.02 6.03 6.04 6.05 6.07 6.08 6.10 6.11 6.12 Can Time for Time Based Loading Dose be Changed 6.13 on Device Default Time — After ting step 484, a user may add additional Concentration Records to a Rule Set, add onal Rule Sets to a Medication Record, or add additional Medication Records to a care area. If, after completing step 484, there are no more Medication Records, Rule Sets, or Concentration Records to add to the care area, a user may proceed to step 486. Step 486 will be described later in the specification. In some embodiments, various parameters defined in Tables 8—10 may be defined at ent hierarchical levels of a DAL file than shown here. For example, some values defined at the Rule Set level may be defined at the Medication Record level in some embodiments.
As mentioned above, a user may, in some embodiments, also choose to add Medication Records for a ecified medication. Such records may function as a wildcard or ildcard. That is, such medication s may define broad parameters governing the use of any number of non—specified medications. These records may, for example, allow a user to run an infusion pump in a volume per on of time mode unconstrained by any limits, etc. defined by users in a DERS editor. Medication Records for non—specified medications may allow a ver to more quickly start a therapy in an emergency situation. They may also be helpful if it is necessary to use a drug that is not in the medication list for a care area (e. g. when using an experimental or igational drug).
These Medication Records may also be useful in unusual cases where limits defined in a DERS may be opriate for a situation. For example, if a severely overweight patient weighing required an infusion, limits defined via the DERS editor may prohibit a clinically effective infusion from being administered. In this case, a user may bypass the limits using a Medication Record for a non—specified medication to administer an infusion which would have the desired .
As mentioned, these Medication Records may also be configured as semi— wildcards. For example, a Medication Record for an unspecified medication may be configured such that it is given parameters which may govern a category or sub—category of drugs. Categories of drugs may include, but are not limited to, blood ts, investigational drugs, IV ?uids, medications, and so on. This may be useful for ing greater ?exibility when needed while at the same time imposing some of the protections which can be created in the DERS editor. In some embodiments, if a user selects a Medication Record for some or all non—specified medications, a user may be required to enter text which describes the medication being used and why it is being delivery using a Medication Record for a non—specified medication.
] When adding a Medication Record for a non—specified medication, a user may copy a non—specified medication from another care area (step 472) or may create a new non—specified medication (step 473). If a user decides to copy a Medication Record for a non—specified tion, the user may choose and copy the d record by performing step 472. If a user desires to create a Medication Record for a non—specified medication, the user may create the Medication Record and its various parameters in step 473. In some embodiments, a user may be able to define any desired ters for the non—specified medication. These parameters may include some or all of the parameters included in Tables 7—9. This may allow a user to tailor the tion Record for the non—specified medication such that it is as broad or narrow as is needed. If after completing step 472 or step 473, the user desires to add additional medications to the care area list, they may do so as bed above. id="p-466" id="p-466"
id="p-466"
[00466] When a user has finished adding to or creating the care area medication list, the user may proceed to step 486. In step 486, a user indicates that the care area medication list is ready to be reviewed by the appropriate ing users and logs out. The DERS editor service may notify the appropriate reviewing users that the care area tion list is ready for review in step 488. This notification may be in the form of an automatically generated email from the DERS editor service. The medication list may be saved on the DERS database. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to review a medication list for a particular care area. Similar steps may be used to review a medication list for a care group. The medication list may be created following steps similar to those described in . The example steps shown in the ?owchart in may be a part of the Review 121 phase shown and described in relation to The steps shown in may be a part of the Per Care Area Verification sub—step 216, Per Care Area Review sub—step 222, Cross Care Area Review sub—step 224, and/or Care Area Review ep 226 shown and described in relation to . The example steps depicted in the ?owchart in may be performed by at least one reviewing user. A reviewing user may be the nurse managers 7, pharmacist 8, risk officer, 6, and/or biomed 19 of The reviewing user may be the resource clinician 202, review pharmacist 204, pharmacy consultant 206, and/or al consultant 208 of .
In step 490, a ing user may navigate to a care area list on a DERS editor user ace. A reviewing user may then select the care area with the medication list they are to review in step 492. In step 494, a reviewing user may review an item or parameter in the medication list. In some embodiments, items and ters a user is required to review may be displayed to a user in a task list, window, , or the like on the DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, a user may not need to navigate to a care areas list to review a medication list. In some embodiments, the reviewing user may review items in the medication list via a medical device simulator on the DERS editor user interface. Such a medical device tor may simulate how the medication list will look when used on a specific l device. A user may also navigate to a review screen or drugs screen to review a medication list in some embodiments.
After reviewing an item, a reviewing user may either enter a comment or verify that they e the item to be proper and does not require any changes. If a reviewing user decides to comment on the item the reviewing user may proceed to step 495 and provide any comments they would like to provide. If a reviewing user decides to verify an item, the reviewing user may proceed to step 496 and indicate their verification of the item. After completing step 495 or step 496 for an item, the DERS editor service may update the review status of the care area and/or item on the DERS database in step 498. A reviewing user may then return to step 494 if there are further items requiring review. This may be repeated until all items and parameters in a medication list have been reviewed.
] If there are no further items or parameters in a medication list which require review, a reviewing user may proceed to step 499. In step 499, the DERS editor service may display a list of comments made by the user during their review. In step 500, a reviewing user may review, expand upon, or refine their comments. If a ing user has any general comments about the medication list or elements of the medication list, the reviewing user may enter these comments in step 502. If the reviewing user does not have any general comments about the medication list or elements in the medication list or if a reviewing user has already entered all such comments, the ing user may indicate they have completed their review in step 504. The reviewing user may then log out of the DERS editor in step 506. In step 508, The DERS editor service may then notify another user, such as a drug library strator, that a reviewing user has completed their review of the medication list.
Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a medication list. The steps shown in may be performed after a medication list for a particular care area has been reviewed. Similar steps may be used to update a care group. The tion list review may be performed by utilizing the steps detailed and shown in . The steps shown in the example ?owchart in may be a part of the Editing and Revising sub—step 220 shown in . The steps depicted in may be med by a user such as a drug library administrator.
In some embodiments, one or more users may collaborate to update a medication list. For example, a drug library administrator may work with a pharmacist to update a medication list.
] In step 510, a user may navigate to a care area list on a DERS editor user interface. The DERS editor user interface, in some ments, may be ed via a suitable web r. A user may then select the care area with the medication list they would like to revise in step 512. In some embodiments, a user need not select a care area, but rather may update a medication list using a review screen, drug screen, or the like on a DERS editor user interface. In step 514, the user reviews a comment, question, or feedback regarding the medication list or an item or ter within the medication list. A user may take a number of actions with each comment, question, or piece of provided feedback.
If a reviewing user asked a question about the medication list or a parameter in the medication list, a user may proceed to step 516. In step 516, a user may enter an answer to the question. This answer may then be made ble for the initial reviewing user to see. In some embodiments, after a user provides an answer in step 516, a DERS editor service may notify the reviewing user who asked the question that an answer has been made available. This notification may be sent as part of step 518. In some embodiments, the reviewing user may be able to respond to the answer if necessary or may be required to acknowledge that a satisfactory answer was received.
If a reviewing user enters a comment, question, or feedback that is not readily understood, warrants further sion, etc. a user may proceed to step 520. In step 520, a user may enter a question regarding the reviewing user’s initial input. This question may then be made available for the l reviewing user to see and respond to. In some embodiments, after a user enters a question in step 520 a DERS editor service may notify the reviewing user that a question has been entered about a comment, on, or ck of theirs. This notification may be sent as part of step 522. In some ments, a user may enter an answer or question using the same field. In such embodiments, the notification sent in step 518 or step 522 may simply state that a response has been ted.
If a reviewing user enters a comment, question, or feedback which includes a request to change an item or parameter of the medication list, a user may accept or deny the change request. If a user accepts a change, they may proceed to step 524 and change the item or parameter in the medication list in se to the change request. If a user s to deny the change request provided by the reviewing user, the user may deny the request in step 526. In some embodiments, a user may be able accept or deny a change request by interfacing with one or more virtual buttons which are included as part of the change t on a DERS editor user interface. In such embodiments, acceptance of a change request may automatically change the item or ter in the medication list.
If a reviewing user enters a comment or feedback which does not e a change request, give rise to a question, or require a response, a user may be required to mark the t or feedback as read in step 528.
After addressing a comment, question, or feedback, a user may then review other comments, questions, and, feedback until all ts, questions, and feedback from reviewing users have been addressed. When all comments, questions, and feedback have been addressed, a user may proceed to step 530. In step 530, a user may indicate that they have finished updating the medication list. The updates may be saved in a DERS database and the user may then log out of the DERS editor in step 532. id="p-478" id="p-478"
id="p-478"
[00478] In step 534, the DERS editor service may notify all of the relevant users that the medication list has been updated and is ready for re—verification. This notification may t, in some embodiments, of an automatically generated email message. The notification may be sent to all reviewing users who originally reviewed the medication list.
The re—verification process may be similar to the process described and shown in relation to . In some embodiments, the re—verification process may be similar to the process detailed and depicted in . shows a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to re—verify a medication list. The example steps depicted in the ?owchart in may be performed by at least one reviewing user. A reviewing user may be the nurse managers 7, pharmacist 8, risk officer, 6, and/or biomed 19 of The reviewing user may be the resource clinician 202, review pharmacist 204, cy tant 206, and/or clinical consultant 208 of .
] In step 540, a reviewing user may navigate to a care area list on a DERS editor user interface. A reviewing user may then select the care area with the medication list they are to review in step 542. In some embodiments, review need not be conducted by navigating to a care areas list. In some ments, a user may review entries from a DERS user interface review screen, task list widget, or drug list screen for example. In step 543, a list of items which require review may be yed on DERS editor user interface by a DERS editor service. In some embodiments, a user may apply a filter on the DERS editor user interface to cause the DERS editor service to generate and display such a list. In step 544, a reviewing user may review an item or parameter which has been changed or commented on by selecting it from the list. In some embodiments, the reviewing user may review items in the medication list via a medical device simulator on the DERS editor user interface. Such a medical device simulator may simulate how the medication list will look when used on a specific medical device.
Some embodiments, including that shown in , may include a step 545 in which the DERS editor service ys a review history for the item. This review history may provide a user with context as to why a change was made to the item. For example, the review history may include a list of comments, questions, responses, accepted or denied change requests, etc. for the item. The review history may e the original setting or value for the item and any other historical settings or values for the item. , comments, questions, responses, accepted/denied change request for an item may be stored in a database such as a DERS database as they are created, generated, and submitted.
After reviewing an item, a reviewing user may either enter a comment or verify that they believe the item or ter to be proper and does not require any changes.
If a reviewing user decides to comment on the item the reviewing user may proceed to step 546 and provide any comments they would like to provide. If a reviewing user decides to verify an item, the reviewing user may proceed to step 547 and te their verification of the item. After completing step 546 or step 547 for an item, the DERS editor service may update the review status for the tion list in step 548. A reviewing user may then return to step 544 if there are further items or parameters requiring review. This may be repeated until all items and parameters in a medication list have been reviewed.
If there are no further items or parameters in a medication list which require , a reviewing user may proceed to step 550. In step 550, the reviewing user may indicate they have completed their review. The ing user may then log out of the DERS editor in step 552. In step 554, The DERS editor service may notify another user, such as a drug library administrator, that a reviewing user has completed their review of the medication list. If there are still unresolved issues, questions, feedback, and/or ts, a user may re—update the medication list in question and the tion list may then be re— ed. This may be done until all users agree on and have no questions about a medication list. The list may be re—updated following steps similar to those shown and described in relation to depicts a ?owchart which details a number of example steps which may be used to submit a DAL file for approval. These steps may be performed after a DAL file has been created/updated and subjected to various review and verification processes as described above. In some embodiments, these steps may be performed after a pilot of the DAL file has been conducted. The example steps shown in the ?owchart in may be performed by a user or actor such as a drug library administrator or other actor.
In step 560, a user checks that all care areas, drug records, other items, etc. which have been created/updated in the DERS editor have been verified by the users who are responsible for verifying and reviewing them. Once a user has confirmed that all care areas, drug records, items, etc. have been verified, the user may indicate that the DAL file which has been created/updated is ready to be ed by those responsible for al of DAL file releases in step 562. These may, in some embodiments, be institution or organization officials. After a user completes step 562, the DERS editor service may notify individuals responsible for approval of the DAL file release that the DAL file is ready to be approved in step 564. The user may then log out of the DERS editor service in step 566.
Based on various utional or organization defined procedures, the various individuals responsible for approving a DAL file for release may review and e the d/updated DAL file. In some embodiments, such procedures may include ures similar to the review and verification process described above. Once the DAL file has been approved, the DAL file may be placed into condition for release by following a number of steps such as those depicted in the example ?owchart in . As shown in , a user such as a drug library administrator may receive a cation from the DERS editor service that a created/updated DAL file has been approved (step 580). Once a user es notification that the DAL file has been approved, the user may proceed to step 582 and login to the DERS editor service. The user may then verify that all individuals responsible for ing the DAL file have in fact approved the DAL file in step 584. In step 586, the user may indicate that the DAL file is ready to be released to various medical devices within an institution or zation.
Referring now to a, a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to deploy a DAL file onto various system components is shown.
The steps shown in a may be performed after a DAL file has been approved and indicated as ready for e through a process which may be similar to that described in relation to FIGS. 29—30. Various components may include, among , the CQI server 109 of device gateway 99 of and any number of medical devices such as the devices 26 of The steps ed in a may be performed by any number of users or actors. In some specific embodiments, the steps depicted in a may be conducted by users such as the facility IT 18, biomed 19 of or biomeds 102 of ission of a DAL file may occur over a secure connection. Some embodiments may ically utilize Secure Socket Layer (SSL) connection to transmit a DAL file.
The example ?owchart shown in a begins with step 590 where the DERS editor service notifies a CQI user that a DAL file has been released and is ready to be deployed. In step 592, a CQI user receives the notification generated in step 590. The CQI user may then log onto the CQI application in step 594. The CQI application may be accessed by a user with no client—side software required. This may, for example, be accomplished via a suitable web browser. The CQI user may then use the CQI application to deploy the DAL file on the CQI service in step 596. In some instances the CQI user may be a biomed.
In step 598, the CQI application may notify a DERS editor service that the DAL file has been sfully deployed on the CQI service. The DERS editor service may then notify users that the DAL file is available to be deployed to the Device Gateway in step 600. In step 602 a user receives notification that the DAL is available to be deployed on the Device Gateway. In some embodiments, the user receiving this notification may be a biomed. The user may then log into a Device Gateway application in step 604. In step 606, the user may instruct the Device y application to download the DAL onto the Device Gateway. The Device Gateway ation may request the DAL file from the DERS editor service in step 608. In step 610, the DERS editor service may e the DAL to the Device Gateway.
A user may choose to deploy the DAL onto various medical devices in a number of ways. In the example ment shown in a, the user may either deploy the DAL using the Device Gateway or do so manually. If a user decides to use the Device Gateway to deploy the DAL file, the DAL file may be deployed to medical devices remotely in step 612. A user may manually deploy the DAL file by ding to step 614.
Manual deployment may be desirable or necessary in a number of scenarios. For example, manual deployment may be necessary in a non—connected environment. In step 614, a user may log into the DERS editor service. The user may then use the DERS editor e to load the DAL onto a local storage device for manual deployment to medical devices in step 616. The local storage device may be a USB memory stick, external or portable hard drive, or the like. In step 618, the user may manually deploy the DAL file onto l devices by connecting the local storage device to the medical devices and downloading the DAL file onto the medical devices from the local storage device. b depicts an example ?owchart detailing a number of steps which may be used to package and stage a resource for release to a facility gateway. Such a resource may be a DAL in some embodiments. In step 4700, a user may select the resource they would like to release. The resource may then be signed with a cryptographic thm in step 4702. The file may then be hashed in step 4704. In some embodiments, additional g steps may be included. For example, in some embodiments, a compression step may also be included. In some embodiments, an encryption step may be included. The packing steps used may depend on the type of file which is to be released. id="p-492" id="p-492"
id="p-492"
[00492] A staging location for the hash may be determined in step 4706. This staging location may, in some embodiments, be a location on a database. The signed hash may then be copied to the g location in step 4708. The original signed hash file may then be saved in an archive location in step 4710. The archive location, in some embodiments, may be a database or other file system. In step 4712, a notification message may be generated for a facility data exchange to send to each facility gateway which is to be notified of the availability of the ce. The notification may include information such as the type of file, the hash of the file, a unique fier for the file, and an identifier for the facility y. The notification message may be posted to the facility data exchange in step 4714. This notification message may then be sent to the intended recipient facility gateway(s). c depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to track the deployment of various ces. Such a resource may include a DAL file or any number of other resources. These steps may be performed on a user interface which may, in some embodiments, be a DERS editor user interface. In step 4730, a user selects a specific resource whose deployment they desire to track. This ce may be selected from a list of ble resources stored in memory associated with a device manager. In step 4732, a device manager in a hosted environment may then query a database for the version of the selected resource at each institution. In some embodiments, the database may only be queried for information about institutions which the user is associated with. The device manager may then display a list of institutions which details the latest downloaded version of the resource at each institution in step 4734. If a user would like detailed information about resource version deployment within an institution, the user may, in step 4736, select a desired institution from the list. In step 4738, the device manager may query a database to determine how many of each resource version are deployed at the selected institution. A list of the versions and quantities of versions deployed at the selected institution may be displayed in step 4740.
It may be necessary or desirable to update a DAL file once it has been created and deployed. During usage, it may become apparent, among other things, that some of the limits in the DAL file which govern ry of certain medications are too ctive. If, for example, nurses in a certain care area find that they must frequently choose a Medication Record for a ecified drug to deliver a specific medication in a therapeutically effective manner, one or more of the nurse may be able to request a change to the specific medication’s, or care area’s limits. Additionally, changes may need to be made to a DAL file in the event of a change in hospital policy, when new drugs come on the market, etc. s a ?owchart which details a number of e steps which may be used to update an existing DAL file.
In step 620, a ing user may log onto the DERS editor service and indicate that they would like to input an update or change request for the current DAL. The ing user may then choose the type of request they would like to submit. A ing user may, for example, enter a general comment in step 622. A ing user may also choose to enter a more specific comment. In some embodiments, a user may be able to enter comments relating to any of the various hierarchical levels of the DAL file. In step 624, the reviewing user may select a specific care area which they would like to make an update request in regards to. In some embodiments, additional steps (not shown) may be included to create an update request for a care group. The reviewing user may enter a general comment about the care area in step 626 or the reviewing user may proceed to step 628 if they would like to make a more specific request. A user may also enter an update request for any parameter values d for the care area in step 626.
] In step 628, a reviewing user may select a specific Medication Record within a care area for which they would like to input an update request. If the reviewing user desires to input a general update request about the Medication Record the user may do so in step 630. The user may also place an update request for any parameter values defined for the Medication Record in this step. If a ing user would like their update request to be more specific, a reviewing user may proceed to step 632. In step 632, a user may select a Rule Set for the Medication Record to submit an update t for. If the reviewing user desires to place an update request for the Rule Set in general, the reviewing user may enter the update request in step 634. A user may also submit an update request for any of the parameters defined at the Rule Set level in step 634. If the reviewing user desires to enter a more specific update request, the reviewing user may proceed to step 636. In step 636, a reviewing user may select a specific Concentration Record from the Rule Set to create and update request for. The ing user may enter the update request for the Concentration Record in step 638. The update request may be input into an update t field which is displayed on the user interface of a DERS editor.
Once a ing user has completed any of steps 622, 626, 630, 634, or 638, the reviewing user may proceed to step 640. In step 640, the reviewing user may submit the update request they have entered. A submitted update t may be saved on the DERS database. The DERS editor e may then notify at least one other user that an update request has been submitted in step 642. The DERS editor service may for example notify a drug y administrator that an update request has been submitted. A reviewing user may then add additional update requests for the current DAL file by returning to step 620 if desired.
In some embodiments, a reviewing user may choose an element, item, parameter, etc. in the DAL file (e. g. care area) before performing step 620. This may be done by navigating to the desired DAL entry using a DERS editor user interface. After a user has ted to the desired entry, the user may indicate they would like to input an update request in step 620. This may cause an update request field to be yed into which the user may input the update request. The user may then enter an update request for that item and submit it in step 640. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update an institution/organization’s medication list. This may be necessary as new drugs come on the market or as generics for existing drugs become ble. It may also be necessary if an institution/organization expands and adds care areas which use drugs which would have otherwise not been needed by an institution. mental or investigational drugs may also be added to an institution/organization’s tion list in this way. The steps depicted in may be performed by a drug library administrator and/or pharmacist. In some embodiments, additional users may be able to perform these steps.
In step 650 a user navigates to the institution/organization tion list on the DERS editor. The DERS editor service may then display the institution/organization medication list to the user in step 652. A user may then choose to add a drug to the medication list by creating an entry for the new tion (step 656) or ing a medication from a Master medication list provided by a DERS editor service (step 654).
This choice may be made by clicking a virtual button or the like on the user interface. If a user decides to select a medication from the master medication list, the user may proceed to step 654. In step 654, the user may select the medication from the master medication list. A search functionality may be included for this step to allow a user to more quickly find the medication they desire to add to the institution/organization’s medication list. If a user decides to enter a medication without using the master medication list or cannot find the desired medication on the master medication list, a user may perform step 656. In step 656, the user may enter a new medication into the institution/organization’s medication list. A user may also define any parameters which may be associated with the new medication in this step. The DERS editor service may then add the new medication for the institution/organization to the DERS database in step 657. After a new medication has been added to the institution/organization’s medication list, in step 658, the DERS editor service may notify all users responsible for creating the care group and care area medication lists that the institution/organization’s tion list has been updated. depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to update the clinical advisories list. The example steps shown in may be performed by a drug library administrator, pharmacist or other user. In step 660, a user navigates to a clinical advisories list on a DERS editor. The DERS editor service may then display the institution/organization’s clinical advisories list in step 662. In the example embodiment depicted in , a user may update the ng list by adding clinical advisories to the list or by modifying clinical advisories which are currently on the list. In step 664 the user may add a clinical advisory to the list. In step 666 a user may update a clinical advisory on the list. id="p-502" id="p-502"
id="p-502"
[00502] After an update to the clinical ries list has been created, the user may make further updates to the list if necessary by returning to the clinical advisories list yed in step 662. When the user is ed updating the ution/organization’s clinical advisories list, the user may proceed to step 672. In step 672, the user may indicate that the clinical advisories list should be saved and log out of the DERS editor. The DERS editor service may then save the updates to a database in step 674. The database may be a DERS editor se. In step 676, the DERS editor service may notify users responsible for ng care area medication lists that the institution/organization’s clinical advisory list have been updated.
In some embodiments, a user may not update clinical advisories by selecting or adding to a displayed list of clinical advisories. Instead a user may navigate to a specific entry within a DAL file (e. g. a clinical use) and add a clinical advisory for the ic entry. This may be done by modifying a al advisory parameter for the desired entry.
Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update the general settings for an institution/organization is shown.
The steps may, in some embodiments, be performed by a drug library administrator. In step 680, a user may navigate to the general setting on a DERS editor. The DERS editor service may then display the general settings in step 682. In step 684 the user may update general settings as desired. The user may indicate that they have finished ng the general settings and they would like them to be saved in step 686. The DERS editor service may then save the general gs for the institution/organization in a DERS editor database in step 687. The DERS editor service may then notify appropriate users that the general settings have been changed in step 688. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a care area. Steps similar to those shown in may be used to update a care group in some embodiments. In step 690, a user may navigate to the care area list. In step 692, the user selects the care area that they would like to update. The user may then have the option of updating a number of aspects of the care area. A user may update the list or group of users who have administrative permissions for a particular care area. This may be done in step 694. Among other things, administrative permissions for a care area may allow a user to have editing lities for entries and parameters in the care area. A user may also have the option of updating the list or group of users who are reviewing users for the care area. This may be done in step 696. The user may also modify care area entries or parameters in step 698.
After making an , a user may return to step 692 to make additional updates if a user would like to make additional updates. If a user is finished making updates, the user may save the updated care area on the DERS database in step 700. The DERS editor service may then notify the appropriate users that the care area has been updated in step 702. If necessary the DERS editor service may notify the appropriate users that the care area is ready to be ed. In some ments, the review and verification process for care area updates may be the same or similar to that described above in relation to FIGS. 23 and 24. id="p-507" id="p-507"
id="p-507"
[00507] shows a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update tion Records for a care area. r steps may be used to update a medication record for a care group. Such updates may occur in response to various update requests which may be submitted by reviewing users. Update requests may, for example, be submitted by following steps r to those depicted and described in relation to . onally, such updates may occur if new medications need to be added to a care areas medication list. Medication Records for a Care Area may also be updated if analysis of CQI data for medical devices using a DAL file indicates that certain values in one or more Medication Record(s) in the DAL file may not be riate.
In step 710 a user may navigate to a care area list on a DERS editor. The DERS editor service, in some embodiments, may then prompt the user to select a care area from a list of displayed care areas in step 712. The user may then select the care area they would like to update in step 714. In some embodiments, a user need not navigate to a care areas list to update Medication Records. For e, a user may te to a drug list on the DERS user interface or to a review screen or the like to update entries.
The user may be able to update the Medication Records for a care area in a number of ways. In , the user may add Medication Records to the care area by performing step 716. Step 716 may be completed by following a number of steps such as those depicted and described in relation to . A user may also update a Medication Record for a care area. To do so, a user may select an existing Medication Record for a care area in step 718. A user may then modify the Medication Record, Rule Sets for the Medication , and/or Concentration Records for the Medication Record in step 720. id="p-510" id="p-510"
id="p-510"
[00510] A user may also update Medication Records for a care area by addressing any update requests which have been submitted. To address a submitted update request, a user may select a submitted update request from a list of update requests in step 722. Such a list may, for example, be a part of a task list, window, widget, etc. which details any update requests, ts, questions, etc. a user is responsible for reviewing. In other embodiments an update request may be selected without being chosen from a list. After selecting an update request the user may have a number of options. If a user agrees with the request, the user may accept the request. In this instance, the user may proceed to step 724.
In step 724 the user makes changes in the DERS editor based on the accepted update request. In some embodiments, a user may do so by manually updating the record by following steps similar to step 718 and 720 shown in . ably, a user may be able to click a virtual button on the DERS editor user ace to accept or decline the update request. Accepting the request may automatically update the entry in the DERS editor and DERS database.
If a user does not agree with the update request selected in step 722 or views the update request as unnecessary, etc. the user may deny or e the update request. To deny the update request the user may proceed to step 726. In step 726 the user may indicate that they would like to deny the request. Preferably, a user may be able to click a virtual button on the DERS editor user interface to deny the update t. In some embodiments, a user may be ed to enter a rationale for denying the request. In such embodiments, the rationale may be saved and conveyed to the user who submitted the request.
A user may also ask a question about an update request if it warrants further discussion. To do so, a user may perform step 728. In step 728, the user may enter a question about the update request. In some embodiments, the user may enter text into a text field on the DERS editor user interface which is associated with the update request to input their question. In some preferred embodiments, a text field, and l accept and deny buttons may appear in a window after a user selects an update request in step 722. After a user has submitted a on, in step 730, the DERS editor service may notify the user who submitted the update request that a question about their request has been submitted. This notification may also solicit the user for an answer. The question may be saved on the DERS database.
] In some embodiments, once a user has opened an update request, the user may have the option of clicking a virtual button or the like on the DERS editor user interface to view onal information. This additional information may in some ments include a history of all update requests, comments, changes, etc. associated with the item in an update request. In some embodiments, the additional information may include CQI data associated with the item in an update t. For instance, a user may access such additional information to see if the item in the update request has been generating large numbers of non—compliant infusions (infusions which violate, for example, limits defined in a DAL file). Other additional ation may also be ible after selecting an update request. This additional information may help a user to gather context and decide if the update t is requesting an update which is proper and desirable and/or necessary. This additional information may be stored, for example, on a DERS database. id="p-514" id="p-514"
id="p-514"
[00514] After a user has updated a Medication Record for a care area or reviewed an update request, the DERS editor service may update the DAL Review Status information on the DERS editor database in step 732. The user may then make additional updates or review additional update ts if desired. If there are no further updates to make or update requests to review, the user may indicate they have finished updating Medication Records in step 734. In step 736, the DERS editor service may notify various users that Medication Records have been updated and are ready for review. Before being used in a DAL file for medical devices, updates may be reviewed, verified, and approved by following steps similar to those shown and described in relation to FIGS. 26—30. The updated DAL file may be deployed to various medical devices by following steps similar to those shown and described in relation to FIGS. 31a—c.
] Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create and save a DAL report is shown. A DAL report may be a detailed report which includes all entries, items, ts, parameters, etc. defined in the DAL file. This report may provide a user with a spreadsheet or the like. Such a report may also, if desired, be printed out in hard copy. A DAL report may be useful for documentation es. The information included in a DAL report may be user selectable. DAL reports may also be generated based on DAL file version so a user can te reports for past versions of the DAL file. A user may, for example, generate a DAL report for a care group or care area of an institution. Such a report may include only the entries, parameters, items, elements, etc. defined for the specified care group or care area. This data may be displayed on the user interface of a DERS editor. Though a user is solicited to select a care area for the DAL report in , in some embodiments, a user may instead select their own filtering criteria. Such criteria may include, but is not limited to drug name, care group, care area, clinical use, etc.
In step 740, a user may indicate on a DERS editor user interface that they would like to create a DAL Report. The DERS editor service may then prompt a user to choose what they would like to include in the report (e.g. a care area or number of care areas) in step 742. In step 744, the user may select the data they would like to include in the report. In other embodiments, a user may not necessarily choose the data for which to generate the DAL report, but rather create a DAL report for the entire DAL file.
In step 746, the user may select further configuration es for the report.
The user may submit the request to create the report in step 748. The DERS editor service may create and display the report to the requesting user in step 750. This may involve querying a database, such as a DERS database for the requested info and rendering a report for display on the DERS editor user interface.
] After the report has been created and displayed, a user may view the report in step 752. A user may be able to download a copy of the DAL report. If a user desires to download the DAL report, a user may te this in step 754. In step 756, the DERS editor service may then prompt the user to provide a file format and on to save the file to.
The user may then provide the location and format in step 758. In step 760, the DERS editor service may save the report. In some ments, a user may be able to copy a hyperlink which links to the report. id="p-519" id="p-519"
id="p-519"
[00519] shows a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to create a DAL differences report. A DAL differences report may be used to view differences between two DAL versions. For example, a DAL differences report may display differences between the al DAL file released by an institution and a current, updated DAL file in use by the institution. The records may be yed in a side by side format on a DERS editor user interface to allow for easy ison by a user. In some embodiments, only differences between the two DAL files may be shown.
In step 770, a user may indicate on a DERS editor user interface that they would like to create a DAL Differences Report. The DERS editor service may then prompt a user to choose a care area or number of care areas for which to generate the report in step 772. Some embodiments may default on a care area the user is associated with. In step 774, the user may select the care areas they would like to include in the report. As mentioned above in relation to , a user may choose their own ing criteria instead of choosing a care area in some embodiments. In step 776, the DERS editor e may prompt the user to select which DAL versions they would like to compare. The user may select the d DAL versions in step 778. The user may then select further features for the report in step 780. The user may submit the request to create the report in step 782. The DERS editor service may create and display the report to the requesting user in step 784.
This may involve querying a database where the requested information is stored and rending the DAL difference report for display on the DERS editor user ace.
After the report has been created and displayed, a user may view the report in step 786. A user may be able to download a copy of the DAL report. If a user desires to download the DAL report a user may indicate this in step 788. In step 790, the DERS editor service may then prompt the user to provide a file format and location to save the file to.
The user may then provide the location and format in step 792. In step 794, the DERS editor service may save the . In some ments, a user may be able to copy a hyperlink which links to the . depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create an intra—organization DAL Comparison Report. Such a report may be useful for comparing DAL files from a number of institutions within an organization. Such a report may, for example, be useful when updating various items in a DAL file. In some embodiments, such a report may only detail or be made to only detail the differences between the selected DAL files. id="p-523" id="p-523"
id="p-523"
[00523] In step 800, a user may indicate on a DERS editor user interface that they would like to create a DAL Comparison Report. The DERS editor service may then prompt a user to choose an institution within the organization for which to generate the report in step 802. In step 804, the user may select the institutions they would like to include in the . In step 803, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which care groups they would like to compare. The user may select the desired care groups in step 805.
In step 806, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which care areas they would like to compare. The user may select the d care areas in step 808. In some embodiments, a user may choose their own filtering criteria within an institution and not necessarily a care area or areas. In step 810, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which DAL versions they would like to compare. The user may select the desired DAL versions in step 812. The user may repeat steps 802, 804, 806, 808, 810, and 812 until all of the d DAL files have been selected. A user may be ed to select at least two DAL files to compare.
The user may submit the request to create the report in step 814. The DERS editor e may create and display the report to the requesting user in step 816. This may involve querying a DERS database for the requested ation and rendering the report comparison for display. After the report has been created and displayed, a user may view the report in step 818. A user may be able to download a copy of the DAL report. If a user desires to download the DAL report a user may indicate this in step 820. In step 822, the DERS editor service may then prompt the user to provide a file format and location to save the file to. The user may then provide the location and format in step 824. In step 826, the DERS editor service may save the report. In some embodiments, a user may be able to copy a hyperlink which links to the report. s a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to create an inter—organization DAL Comparison Report. Such a report may be useful in comparing DAL files between a number of organizations or institutions within different organizations. Such a report may, for example, be useful when updating various items in a DAL file. In some embodiments, such a report may only detail or be made to only detail the differences between the selected DAL files.
In step 830, a user may indicate on a DERS editor user interface that they would like to create a DAL Comparison Report. The DERS editor service may then prompt a user to choose an organization for which to generate the report in step 832. In step 834, the user may select the organization they would like to e in the report. In step 836, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which institution within the organization they would like to compare. The user may select the desired institution in step 838. In step 840, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which care groups and areas they would like to compare. The user may select the desired care groups and areas in step 842. In some ments, a user may choose their own ing criteria within an institution and not necessarily care groups and area(s). In step 844, the DERS editor service may prompt the user to select which DAL versions they would like to compare. The user may select the desired DAL versions in step 846. The user may repeat steps 832, 834, 836, 838, 840, 842, 844, 846 until all of the desired DAL files have been selected. A user may be required to select at least two DAL files to compare.
The user may submit the request to create the report in step 848. The DERS editor service may create and display the report to the requesting user in step 850. This may involve querying a DERS database for the requested information and rendering a report for display on the DERS editor user ace. After the report has been created and displayed, a user may view the report in step 852. A user may be able to download a copy of the DAL report. If a user desires to download the DAL report a user may te this in step 854. In step 856, the DERS editor e may then prompt the user to provide a file format and location to save the file to. The user may then provide the location and format in step 858.
In step 860, the DERS editor e may save the report. In some embodiments, a user may be able to copy a hyperlink which links to the report. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be followed to create a DAL y Report. Such a report may detail the change history for specified items or group(s) of items in a DAL file. This may be useful in determining why various changes were made and by whom. In step 950, the user may indicate that they want to create a DAL History Report. This may be done by navigating to an option on the DERS editor user interface which allows a user to create DAL history report. After indication that a user would like to create a DAL History Report, the DERS editor service may prompt a user to select a care area for which to create the report in step 952. The user may then select the desired care area in step 954. In other embodiments, a user may select their own filter criteria for the DAL History Report which need not necessarily e a care area. The DERS editor service may then solicit the user to select a range of DAL file versions or dates for which to create the report in step 956. In step 958, the user may select the range of versions or dates which they would like to create a DAL History Report for. In step 960, the DERS editor service may ask the user to specify any r constraints around which they would like the DAL History Report to be based. The user may select these various constraints in step 962. In step 964, the user may submit a request to create the report. In step 966, the DERS editor service may create and display the DAL History Report requested by the user. This may involve querying a DERS database for the requested information and rendering the report for display on the DERS editor user interface.
The user may view the DAL History Report in step 968. A user may be able to ad a copy of the DAL report. If a user desires to download the DAL report a user may indicate this in step 970. In step 972, the DERS editor service may then prompt the user to provide a file format and location to save the file to. The user may then provide the location and format in step 974. In step 976, the DERS editor service may save the report.
In some embodiments, a user may be able to copy a hyperlink which links to the report. id="p-530" id="p-530"
id="p-530"
[00530] Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to log into a DERS editor is shown. In step 870 the user may initiate a login action. In some embodiments, this may be accomplished by attempting to open the DERS editor on a web r. The DERS editor service may then prompt the user to provide their login information in step 872. In the example embodiment depicted in , the login information includes a user ID and password. In step 874, the user may enter their login ation. The DERS editor service may then authenticate the user ID and password in step 876. This may involve checking a user database for a user ID and password pair matching that provided by the user. If the rd and user ID are correct, the user may be allowed to access the DERS editor in step 878. The DERS g session will also be associated with the user ID such that any contributions made to the system are tied to and can be traced back to the specific individual assigned the user ID. If the user ID and rd are not authenticated (e.g. typo in password, ten password, CAPS LOCK mistakenly left on, attempted unauthorized access, etc.) the DERS editor service may display an authentication failed notification or message in step 880. A user may acknowledge this notification in step 882. After acknowledging the notification, steps 872, 874, and 876 may be ed if the user desires to retry logging in to the DERS editor service.
A ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to change a password for a DERS editor service is shown in . In step 890, a user may initiate a change password action. There may be a number of ways of initiating a change password . In some embodiments, the user may be ed to change their rd after a predetermined period of time, e. g. 6 months. After the expiration of the predetermined period of time the user may automatically initiate a change password action upon their next attempted login. A change password action may also be initiated, in some embodiments, if a user repeatedly types in an incorrect password for a user ID. This may help to t unauthorized access. A change password action may also be initiated by navigating to a change password option on a DERS editor user interface.
The DERS editor service may then display a change password prompt in step 892. In step 894, a user may enter their current password and desired new password. In some embodiments, the user may need to type in one or both their current and d new password a number of times as a confirmation. The DERS editor service may authenticate the current password and user ID in step 896. If the current rd is incorrect, the DERS editor service may display a message to this effect on the DERS editor user interface in step 898. A user may acknowledge this in step 899. Steps 892, 894, and 896 may be repeated if the user s to retry changing their rd. If the current rd d is correct, the DERS editor service may validate the desired new password in step 900. A password may, for example, be required to be at least a certain number of characters long, include a number, include a letter, e a capital letter, not be longer than a certain number of characters, etc. If the new desired password is invalid against the set of requirements, an invalid password message may be displayed in step 902. The user may acknowledge this in step 899 and return to step 892 to pick a different new password. A user may be notified or reminded of the password requirements before returning to step 892 in some embodiments.
If the d new password is valid in light of the password requirements, the new password may be associated with the user ID in step 904. The new user ID and password pair may also be committed to a user database for example. The DERS editor service may then display a message indicating that the password change was successful in step 906.
Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to r a password is depicted. In step 910, a user may initiate a password recover action. This action may be initiated by navigating to a recover password option on a DERS editor user interface in some embodiments. The DERS editor service may then display a password recovery prompt in step 912. In step 914, a user may enter their user ID. id="p-534" id="p-534"
id="p-534"
[00534] If the user ID is invalid the DERS editor service may display a message to this effect in step 916. The user may acknowledge this in step 917 and then be ed to start over at step 912. If the user ID is valid, the DERS editor service may send a rd recovery email to the user in step 918. The user may then open the email and follow instructions specified in the email to recover the password. In the example embodiment shown in , the user is required to create a new password. In the example embodiment, a user may click on a link in the email to create the new password in step 921.
The DERS editor service may display a prompt to enter a desired new password in step 923.
The user may enter the desired new password in step 922. The DERS editor service may validate the desired new rd. A password may, for example, be required to be at least a certain number of characters long, include a number, include a letter, include a l letter, not be longer than a certain number of ters, etc. If the new desired password is invalid against the set of requirements, an invalid password message may be displayed in step 924. The user may acknowledge this in step 925 and return to step 923 to pick a different new password. A user may be notified or reminded of the password requirements before returning to step 923 in some embodiments. If the desired new password is valid in light of the password requirements, the new password may be ated with the user ID in step 926. The new user ID and password pair may also be committed to a user database for example. The DERS editor service may then display a message indicating that the password change was successful in step 928.
] Referring now to , a ?owchart detailing a number of e steps which may be used to review drug library entry such as a Medication Record using a medical device programming simulator is shown. The device programming simulator may be ible by navigating to a device programming simulator option on a DERS editor user interface. The device programming simulator may mimic the graphic user ace for a specific medical device. In some embodiments, the simulated l device may be an infusion pump such as a peristaltic pump, syringe pump, patient controlled analgesia machine, etc. In some other embodiments, the simulated medical device may be any other type of l device. For purposes of example, the ?owchart in details steps which may be used on a device programming simulator for an infusion pump. The steps shown in the example ?owchart in may be a part of a pilot phase of DAL file creation. For example, the example steps shown in the rt in may be a part of the pilot phase 228 shown and described in relation to . A device programming simulator may also be useful in employee training, for example.
In step 980, a user may navigate to a device programming tor option on a DERS editor user interface. In step 982, a user may select a care group and/or care area for which they would like to review Medication Records. The DERS editor service may then display a work list ard to the user in step 984. The work list dashboard may include y information about review progress made with the device programming simulator. The work list dashboard is not limited to, but may include one or more of the following: total number of tion Records in the care area, number of tion Records the user has reviewed, list of Medication Records the user has reviewed, the number of Medication Records which have not been reviewed, etc. The work list dashboard may also include a virtual button or the like which allows a user to select a Medication Record from the care area’s medication list to review. In some embodiments, the work list dashboard may differ. Some embodiments may not include a work list ard. id="p-537" id="p-537"
id="p-537"
[00537] In step 986, the device programming simulator may prompt a user to choose a Medication Record from the care area’s medication list. The user may then select a Medication Record to review using the device mming simulator. The user may select a specific Medication Record in step 988 or may select a Medication Record for a non— specified medication in step 998. If a user selects a specific tion Record, the device programming simulator may prompt a user to select a Rule Set for the Medication Record in step 990. The user may select the Rule Set for the Medication Record in step 992. The device programming simulator may then prompt the user to choose a Concentration Record in step 994. The user may select the Concentration Record in step 996.
] If a user chooses a Medication Record for a non—specified medication in step 998, the user may be required to enter a description of what the medication is and why it is being delivered using a Medication Record for a non—specified medication. If a user is required to do so, a user may satisfy this requirement by entering text ation in step 1000. In some embodiments, where there is a requirement to enter a description a keypad and ated text entry field may automatically be displayed on the device programming simulator.
After the user has completed step 996, 998, or 1000 (if necessary), the device programming simulator may prompt a user to enter patient weight information in step 1002 if the medication is delivered as a weight based dosage. The user may enter patient weight in step 1004. If the medication is delivered as a body surface area (BSA) based dosage, the device programming simulator may prompt a user to enter a patient’s BSA in step 1006.
The user may enter the patients BSA in step 1008. Other ments may include steps to define other patient based parameters if necessary.
The device programming simulator may then, in some embodiments, prompt a user to enter keep vein open (KVO) values in step 1010. Such values may define a reduced delivery rate which is sufficient to keep an infusion site patent and may be used, in some instances, when an infusion has finished. A user may enter KVO values in step 1012.
The user may then set the infusion parameters for the infusion in step 1014. These infusion parameters may include, but are not limited to, dose, rate, volume to be infused, and time. In step 1016, the device programming simulator may display a summary of the programmed infusion to the user. The reviewing user may then confirm the programmed infusion in step 1018. The device programming simulator may then display a virtual start button or the like in step 1020. The user may use the virtual start button or the like to start the infusion in step 1022. The DERS editor service may then note that the Medication Record has been reviewed using the device programming simulator in step 1024. If there are further tion Records to review, the user may return to step 984 and repeat the process until all Medication Records have been reviewed. The work list dashboard may be updated re?ecting reviewed Medication Records as the user finishes reviewing the various Medication s in the care area.
In some ments, users who are responsible for reviewing care area Medication Records via the device programming simulator may be required to review all Medication Records for a particular care area. In some embodiments, users responsible for reviewing care area Medication Records may be required to review each Rule Set and each Concentration Record for each Rule Set for a given Medication . If the device programming simulator is being used in a pilot phase for a DAL file, it may be required that at least one reviewing user has ed each medication in the DAL file before the DAL file can be submitted for approval.
] In some alternate ments, a medical device mming simulator may not make use of a medical device programming simulator work list ard. Instead the medical device programming simulator may on in a context sensitive manner. This may allow a user to more ently make use of the programming simulator by quickly bringing a user to an entry of interest on the simulator. When a user navigates to the medical device mming simulator from another DERS editor screen, the medical device programming simulator may tically open to a specific simulated medical device screen which is relevant to that DERS editor screen. For example, if a user is viewing a drug library entry for a clinical use of a specific drug on a DERS editor screen and navigates from that entry to the medical device programming simulator, the medical device mming simulator may open to the screen which would be presented after a user had programmed the medical device to use that clinical use for that specific drug. That is, the medical device mming simulator may behave as if a user had just completed step 992 of . As mentioned above, this may allow a user to more quickly review entries which they want to review via the simulator. Otherwise a user may be required to define a care group, care area, drug, clinical use, etc. before being able to view the d programming s on the simulator. ] depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to compare records in a DAL file. Such a comparison may be done by a DERS editor user to compare two Rule Sets defining two al usages of the same Medication Record, for example. In step 1030 a user may navigate to a list of s in the DERS editor. These records may for example be Medication Records. The user may then indicate the specific records that they would like to compare in step 1032. The DERS editor service may enable a functionality to compare when more than one record has been selected. This functionality may be enabled in step 1034. The user may then use the compare functionality to e the indicated items in step 1036. In step 1038, the DERS editor may display all data, parameters, etc. associated with the selected items on the DERS editor user interface.
This data may be retrieved by querying a DERS database for the selected ation. The data, ters, etc. for each compared item may be shown side by side for ease of understanding.
A user may also have the ability to filter the result of the ison. In the example ?owchart shown in , the user may have the option of filtering the result such that only differences between the compared items are shown. If a user desires to filter the comparison to display only differences between the items, a user may proceed to step 1040. In step 1040 a user may indicate that they would like to view only the differences between the compared items. The DERS editor service may then display the differences between the compared items on the DERS editor user interface in step 1042. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a DAL file on a medical device. The steps shown in may be used in a connected medical environment. In step 1050, a user may indicate that an updated DAL file has been approved and is ready to be distributed. This may "publish" the DAL file for distribution. In step 1052, the hosting environment may make the DAL available to the ty gateway at the proper ution or organization.
In step 1054, the facility gateway checks for and requests any DAL updates.
The ty gateway may periodically check for and request DAL updates from the hosted environment. The hosted environment may receive these requests in step 1056. If, as in the example ?owchart in , an updated DAL file has been made available, the hosted environment may send the DAL file update via a WAN connection with the facility gateway in step 1058. In step 1060, the facility gateway may receive the DAL file update via its WAN connection with the hosted environment. In some embodiments, the hosted environment may push the DAL file update to a facility gateway instead of waiting for the facility y to check for DAL s. After the facility gateway has received the DAL file update, the facility gateway may te to at least one user that a DAL file update is available in step 1062. The user may, for example be a biomed user.
In step 1064, a user may indicate they would like to deploy the DAL file update to various medical devices. The user may select various medical devices to deploy the DAL file update on or may deploy the DAL file update to a full ?eet of medical s or a subset thereof. The facility gateway may then make the DAL file update available to the selected medical devices in step 1066. In step 1068, a l device of the selected medical devices checks for and requests any DAL updates. Medical devices may periodically check for and request DAL updates from the hosted environment. In some alternate embodiments, DAL file updates may be pushed to medical devices from the facility gateway. The ty y may receive these requests in step 1070. If, as in the example ?owchart in , an d DAL file has been made ble, the DAL file update may be sent to the medical device over a WiFi connection. The DAL file may be sent to the medical device in step 1072. The medical device may receive the DAL file in step 1074. The medical device may then validate the DAL file update in step 1076. In step 1078 the medical device may update its copy of the DAL file.
After the medical device successfully updates its DAL file, the medical device may send a confirmation message in step 1080. This message may be sent to the facility gateway over WiFi. The facility gateway may e the message in step 1082.
After receiving the confirmation message from the medical device, the facility gateway may then update a record of medical devices to re?ect the change in DAL version on the updated medical device in step 1084. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to update a DAL file on a medical device. The steps shown in may be used in a medical environment where various medical devices are not on a connected network. In step 1090, a user may indicate that an d DAL file has been approved and is ready to be distributed. This may "publish" the DAL file for distribution. In step 1092, the hosting environment may make the DAL available to the facility gateway at the proper institution or organization.
] In step 1094, the facility gateway checks for and requests any DAL updates.
The facility gateway may periodically check for and request DAL updates from the hosted environment. In some alternate embodiments, DAL file updates may be pushed to a facility gateway. The hosted environment may receive these requests in step 1096. If, as in the example ?owchart in , an updated DAL file has been made available, the hosted nment may send the DAL file update via a WAN connection with the facility gateway in step 1098. In step 1100, the facility gateway may receive the DAL file update via its WAN connection with the hosted environment. After the ty gateway has received the DAL file update, the facility gateway may indicate to at least one user that a DAL file update is available in step 1102. The facility y may also make the update available to a biomed P.C. tool in step 1104.
In step 1106, a biomed P.C. tool checks for and requests any DAL updates.
A biomed P.C. tool may periodically check for and request DAL updates from the hosted environment. In some embodiments, a biomed P.C. tool user may be required to manually check for an updated DAL file using the biomed P.C. tool. In some embodiments, the biomed P.C. tool may automatically check for updates. The hosted environment may receive these ts in step 1108. In some alternate embodiments, DAL file updates may be pushed to a biomed P.C. tool from the facility gateway.
If, as in the example ?owchart in , an updated DAL file has been made available, the facility y may send the DAL file to the biomed P.C. tool in step 1110. This may be done over a WAN connection. The biomed P.C. tool may receive the update in step 1112. A biomed P.C. tool user may then be able to deploy the DAL file update onto desired medical devices. In , a biomed P.C. tool user deploys the DAL file update using a programming medical device rack. In other embodiments, the programming rack need not be used. For example, a user may plug a USB drive into a USB port on the l device to transfer the DAL file update to the medical device. The mming rack may be similar to one of those shown and described in US. ional Application Serial No. 61/843,574 and entitled "System, Method, and Apparatus for Clamping" (Attorney Docket K75) which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
The biomed P.C. tool user may connect to a medical device programming rack in step 1114. In some embodiments, including that shown in , the user may t to the programming rack via a USB connection. The biomed P.C. tool user may then attach a medical device or number of medical s to the programming rack in step 1116. The biomed P.C. tool user may then command a DAL file update using the biomed P.C. tool in step 1118. After receiving an update command from the biomed P.C. tool user, the biomed P.C. tool may send the DAL file update, in step 1120, to the medical device or medical devices connected to the programming rack. As mentioned above, the DAL file update may be sent over a USB connection. In step 1122, the medical device or medical devices may receive the DAL file update. The medical device (s) may then validate the updated DAL file in step 1124. In step 1126 the l device may update its copy of the DAL file.
After a medical device successfully updates its DAL file, the medical device may send a confirmation message in step 1128. This e may be sent to the biomed P.C. tool over a USB connection, for e. The biomed P.C. tool may receive the e in step 1130. The biomed P.C. may then send a message to the facility gateway that the medical ’s DAL file has been updated in step 1132. The facility gateway may receive the message in step 1134. This message may be sent over a WAN connection. After receiving the message from the biomed P.C. tool, the facility gateway may then update a record of medical devices to re?ect the change in DAL version on the updated medical device in step 1136. id="p-555" id="p-555"
id="p-555"
[00555] depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to configure a user interface for a DERS editor service or CQI service. Some embodiments of the present disclosure may include a dashboard based, or at least partially dashboard based, DERS editor user interface. Additionally, a CQI user interface may be dashboard based or partially dashboard based. The steps shown in are specifically for configuring a dashboard—based DERS editor user ace.
In some embodiments, when a user accesses the DERS editor service or CQI service, the user interface for the respective service may open up to a dashboard view. In embodiments where the DERS editor service or CQI service is web browser based, the dashboard view may be the first page displayed after a user has logged into the service. In some embodiments, a user may navigate to a dashboard view on a user interface by clicking on a dashboard tab, link, or the like. A ard user interface may display important information at a glance. It may e , graphs, tables, gauges, other visual aids, quick links, etc.
In step 1320, a user accesses the dashboard on the user interface. A user may then decide to configure the dashboard to suit their needs. If a user would like to configure the ard, the user may te this by selecting a ure dashboard y on the user interface in step 1322. The user may then have the choice of loading a dashboard configuration (step 1342). If a user does not want to load a dashboard configuration, they may indicate this in step 1324. The user may then customize the dashboard as desired in step 1326. The user interface may then display a preview of the customized dashboard configuration in step 1328. Customization options may allow a user to display information most important or relevant to the user. A user may, for example, define various charts or graphs to display on a dashboard. A user may also choose to include frequently used DERS editor functionalities on their dashboard. A user may include certain CQI data on a dashboard or may include a tasks list on their dashboard. A user may also customize their dashboard in any number of other desired ways.
If a user desires to save the custom configuration, the user may indicate this in step 1330. The user may then be prompted to provide a save configuration name or identifier and visibility settings for the customized configuration in step 1332. Visibility settings may allow a user to make the dashboard configuration available as a loadable ard for other users or a subset of other users. The user may specify the saved configuration name or identifier and lity settings in step 1334. In step 1336, the custom configuration may be saved and associated with the name or identifier and the visibility settings. The dashboard gs for a user may be stored on a database such as a user database or DERS database.
If, after a preview of the customized dashboard configuration is displayed on the user interface, a user does not desire to save the configuration, a user may indicate this in step 1338. In some embodiments, this may cause the dashboard configuration utility to be exited. In such embodiments, the dashboard configuration utility may be exited in step 1340. In some embodiments, a user may instead be returned to step 1326 to make adjustments to the configuration.
If a user would like to load a dashboard configuration instead of create a custom configuration, the user may proceed to step 1342 instead of step 1324. In step 1342, the user may indicate they would like to load a dashboard configuration. A list of loadable dashboard configurations may then be displayed on the user interface in step 1344. In some embodiments, an institution or organization may create ic dashboard configurations for specific user groups. An institution may, for example, configure a dashboard for users who are care givers in the ICU to display ation which is associated with the ICU.
Users in specific user groups may then load their dashboard configuration without needing to spend time customizing and ng how to ize their dashboard. This may increase overall efficiency. ution/organization personnel may accomplish this by performing the steps described above for customization of a dashboard.
In step 1346 a user may select the configuration that they would like to load.
The system may then solicit the user to choose whether they would like to use the selected configuration or refine the selected uration in step 1348. In some embodiments, a preview may also be displayed. If a user would like to refine the selected dashboard configuration, a user may indicate this in step 1350. This may involve making adjustments to the data and ation displayed on the dashboard. For example, an institution created dashboard for a care area may present summary information for a care area. A user within the care area may also want to include summary information (e. g. compliance data, review progress, task lists, etc.) for themselves and may do so when refining. The user may then be solicited for refinement criteria in step 1352. In step 1354, the user may specify the refinement criteria. After completing step 1354, a user may be returned to step 1348. If a user would not like to refine the selected configuration, the user may te this in step 1356. The user interface may then display the dashboard configuration in step 1358. id="p-561" id="p-561"
id="p-561"
[00561] In some embodiments, additional steps may be included for the configuration of the user interface of a DERS editor service or CQI e. Steps may be included to allow a user to create multiple configurations. For example, a user may choose to create a configuration which is used when the user accesses the DERS editor service or CQI e via a mobile device. A user may specify a second configuration which is used when the user accesses the DERS editor e or CQI service via a PC or laptop. depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to view and make use of Continuous Quality Improvement (CQI) data. As mentioned in detail above, CQI data may be data corresponding to any number of clinical . This data may be useful, among other things, in the continuous improvement of an institution or organization’s DAL file. This data may be helpful in determining where there is room for improvement of a DAL file. The data may also be useful in determining if changes to a DAL file have had a desired effect or have caused an seen or unexpected result. CQI data may also be useful for linking to change or update requests, for example, to provide t for an update request. Such data may also be useful for a number of other ations, purposes, and/or usages, some of which are described herein.
In step 1140, a user may indicate they would like to view CQI data. In some embodiments, a user may be able to do this by navigating to a CQI tab or the like on a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, a user may be able to access CQI data by logging into a CQI service in a hosted environment. In such embodiments, the CQI service need not be accessed through a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, a user may be able to view CQI data through a DERS editor user interface as well as a CQI user interface for a CQI service in a hosted environment. In some embodiments, CQI data may be viewable over a suitable web browser.
After completion of step 1140, a CQI user interface may be displayed in step 1142. A CQI user interface may provide a user with a number of options. A user may, for example, be able to generate a CQI report by selecting at least one ing criteria for CQI data in step 1144. Such filtering criteria may include, but is not limited to, a specific dataset or datasets within an institution/organization (e. g. care area, care giver, medication, etc.), a time frame or range of dates, DAL version, l device type, medical event type, a user customized filter, etc. By performing step 1144, the user may generate a specific report or summary of clinical data based on the selected filters. For example, a user may generate a summary of soft limit violations over the preceding month for infusion pumps in the ncy department of an institution/organization.
A CQI user interface may also allow a user to modify how data, reports, CQI ies, etc. are presented to the user. In the example ?owchart shown in , a user may modify how data, reports, CQI summaries, etc. are presented by performing step 1146.
In step 1146, a user may modify various presentation criteria for CQI data including, but not limited to, selecting how data will be displayed (e. g. pie chart, bar chart, graph, list, tables, etc.), changing time units for displayed data, showing/hiding various panels of data, toggling whether data will be displayed in a summary or detailed view, toggling /dates, sorting data (e.g. etically, chronologically, by medication, etc.), etc. A user may also be able to compare a report to other reports. In some embodiments, a user may have a drill—down capability which allows a user to view more ed information about CQI data of interest.
A CQI user interface may also include a number of utilities which allow a user to perform various other functions. A user may make use of a CQI utility by performing step 1148. In embodiments where the CQI user ace is a user configurable dashboard type user interface, the CQI user interface may include a save or load dashboard configuration utility. A number of other utilities may also be included. Such utilities may include, but are not limited to, a report configuring utility, a print report utility, a download report utility, a save report utility, an email report utility, an export report data utility, a link to report y, a schedule automated generation of report utility, etc. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to display a desired CQI report on a user interface. In step 1200, a number of available report types may be displayed on a user interface. The user interface may, for example, be a DERS editor user interface or a CQI user interface. The user may then choose a report from the different report types available or in some embodiments, the user may choose to create a custom report. The example ?owchart in shows only four report types: a compliance report, a medication , an infusion report, an infusion story report.
Other report types may also be available. id="p-568" id="p-568"
id="p-568"
[00568] If a user desires to view a compliance report, the user may indicate that they would like to view a ance report in step 1202. In some embodiments, the user may be able to define various filtering criteria for the compliance report. In step 1204, the compliance report may be generated and yed on the user interface. If a user desires to view a medication report, the user may indicate that they would like to view a medication report in step 1206. In some embodiments, the user may be able to define various ing ia for the medication report. In step 1208, the medication report may be generated and displayed on the user interface. If a user desires to view an infusions report, the user may indicate that they would like to view an infusions report in step 1210. In some embodiments, the user may be able to define various filtering criteria for the infusions report. In step 1212, the infusions report may be generated and yed on the user ace. If a user desires to view an on story report, the user may indicate that they would like to view an infusion story report in step 1213. The user may be able to define various ing criteria for the infusion story report. In step 1214, the infusion story report may be generated and displayed on the user interface. Generation of a CQI report may e querying a CQI database for the requested information and ing it for display on the user interface of the device.
After a report has been generated and displayed, a user may define further filtering criteria for the report. The user may also drill—down on various aspects of the report to create a more detailed view of a select portion or portions of the report. A user may also save, link to, t data from, print, download, etc. the report. If so inclined, a user may return to step 1200 to generate and view onal reports. depicts a rt detailing a number of e steps which may be used to configure a CQI report. In some embodiments, a user may be able to configure a CQI report using a DERS editor user interface and/or a CQI user ace. In some embodiments, a user interface may include a configure CQI report utility to allow a user to configure CQI reports. In some embodiments, the steps performed in may be performed after a user s a report type following steps similar to those shown and described in .
In step 1360, a user accesses the user interface. A user may then decide to configure a CQI report. If a user would like to configure a CQI report, the user may indicate this by selecting a configure CQI report utility on the user interface in step 1362. The user may then have the choice of g a CQI report (step 1382). If a user does not want to load a CQI report, they may indicate this in step 1364. The user may then configure a CQI report as desired in step 1366. The user ace may then display a preview of the customized CQI report in step 1368.
If a user desires to save the custom CQI report, the user may indicate this in step 1370. The user may then be prompted to provide a name or identifier and visibility settings for the customized report in step 1372. Visibility setting may allow a user to make a CQI report available as a loadable report for other users or a subset of other users. The user may then specify the name or identifier and lity settings in step 1374. In step 1376, the custom CQI report may be saved and associated with the name or identify and the visibility settings. id="p-573" id="p-573"
id="p-573"
[00573] If, after a preview of the customized CQI report is displayed on the user interface, a user does not desire to save the CQI report, a user may indicate this in step 1378. In some embodiments, this may cause the system to eXit the CQI report configuration utility. In such embodiments, the CQI report configuration utility may be exited in step 1380.
] If a user would like to load a CQI report instead of creating a custom CQI report, the user may proceed to step 1382 instead of step 1364. In step 1382, the user may indicate they would like to load a CQI report. A list of loadable CQI reports may then be displayed on the user interface in step 1384. The list may be arranged such that commonly used reports are prominently displayed (e. g. displayed at the top of the list). The list may also be arranged such that reports more nt to the user are more prominently displayed than others. For example, if a user is a care giver in an oncology care area of an institution, reports using data from the emergency department of the institution may be displayed less ently than those using data from the oncology care area.
In step 1386, a user may select the report that they would like to load. The user may then be solicited to choose whether they would like to display the selected report or modify the selected report in step 1388. If a user would like to modify the selected CQI report, a user may indicate this in step 1390. The user may then be solicited for modifying criteria in step 1392. In step 1394, the user may specify the modifying criteria. For example, a user may select a report which spans data over the preceding month and modify the data range criteria such that it includes data from the current month. After completing step 1394, a user may be returned to step 1388. If a user would not like to modify the selected CQI report, the user may indicate this in step 1396. The system may then display the CQI report in step 1398. This may involve querying a CQI database such as database 106 of for the requested information and rendering the CQI report to be displayed on the user interface. depicts a rt detailing a number of e steps which may be used to configure a CQI report. A user may configure a report by applying various filters to CQI data which separate out sets of data that do not meet the filtering criteria. This filtering may allow a user to display only data of interest to the user. Filtering may also allow a user to tailor a CQI report to their needs. In step 1400, a user indicates that they would like to configure a report. This step may, for e, be completed by performing step 1364 or step 1390 shown and described in .
A user may then choose to apply filters in one of a number of categories. The example ?owchart shown in includes six filtering data ries: ution/organization hierarchy, date range, report type, DAL version, device type, and a custom or user defined filter. In other embodiments, the number of filter categories and type of filter categories may differ. To filter CQI data to be ed in a CQI report based on are based criteria such as institution/organization hierarchy, a user may proceed to step 1402. In this step a user may apply various filters based on, for example, geographic region, institution, care area, device, iver, and/or t. To filter CQI data to be included in a CQI report based on date, a user may d to step 1404. In this step a user may modify a time frame of ed CQI data to include in a CQI . To filter CQI data based on a specific report type, a user may proceed to step 1406. In step 1406, a user may choose one or more specific report types to include in a CQI report. In this step, a user may filter based on therapy based criteria, for example, choose to include non—compliant infusion events in the CQI report. To filter CQI data to be included in a CQI report based on DAL version, a user may proceed to step 1407 and indicate that they would like to do so. In step 1408, a list of DAL versions may be displayed on the user interface. A user may then, in step 1410, choose a DAL version or DAL versions for which to include CQI data for in a CQI report.
To filter CQI data to be included in a CQI report based on device type a user may proceed to step 1412. In step 1412, a list of device types may be displayed on the user interface. A user may then, in step 1414, select a device type to include CQI data for in a CQI report. To filter CQI data based on a custom selection, a user may proceed to step 1416 and define the custom filter for the CQI data. After applying a , a user may apply additional filters to create a more narrowly defined CQI report. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to CQI data using organization/institutional hierarchy. In step 1420, a user may select a configure CQI report utility on a user ace. A user may then indicate their desire to filter by institution/organization hierarchy. If a user would like to filter by region, a user may indicate that they would like to filter by region in step 1422. The user interface may then display a list of regions in step 1424. In step 1426, the user may select a desired region or regions from the list. The regions may, for example, be geographic regions in which the various institutions of an organization such as an IDN are located. The regions need not be geographic. In some embodiments, ing by region may not be available to users who are not a part of an organization.
If desired, a user may filter by institution by indicating they would like to filter by ution in step 1428. The user interface may then display a list of institutions in step 1430. The list presented in step 1430 may differ depending upon previously applied filtering criteria. For example, the list may only include utions within the region or regions selected in step 1426. The user may select an institution or number of institutions from the list in step 1432. In some embodiments and in some ces, filtering by institution may not be available to users who are not a part of an organization.
If desired, a user may filter by care group and/or care area by indicating that they would like to filter by care group and/or care area in step 1434. The user ace may then y a list of care groups and/or areas in step 1436. This list may differ depending upon previously applied filtering criteria. For example, the list may only e care groups and/or areas which exist in an institution or institutions selected in step 1432. In step 1438, a user may select a care group and/or area from the list of care groups and/or areas. In some embodiments, a user may be required to select an institution or institutions before filtering by care group and/or area. In other ments, a user may be able to filter for CQI data from all care groups and/or areas of the same type or name within an organization or region.
A user may also be able to filter CQI data at the clinician, patient, or device level. If a user desires to filter CQI data by clinician or care giver, the user may indicate this in step 1440. The user may then be able to apply a filter using a care giver identifier. The user interface may display a list of clinicians in step 1442. This list may differ ing on previously applied filtering criteria. For example, if a user has selected a care area or care areas in step 1438, the list of clinicians may only include clinicians associated with the selected care area or areas. The user may select a clinician or number of clinicians from the list in step 1444.
If a user desires to filter CQI data by patient, the user may indicate their desire to do so in step 1446. The user interface may then display a list of patients in step 1448. In some ments, this list may not be a list of names. This list may be a list of patient IDs or a list of otherwise unique entries which correspond to specific patients. The list displayed in step 1448 may differ depending on previously applied filtering criteria. For example, if a care area or areas have been selected in step 1438, the list of patients displayed may exclude patients who have not produced CQI data in the selected care area or areas.
If a user s to filter by device a user may indicate that they desire to filter by device in step 1452. The user interface may then display a list of devices in step 1454. In some embodiments the list displayed in step 1454 may be a list of unique device fiers such as device ID numbers or the like. A user may then apply a filter using a medical device identifier. In some embodiments, the list may be a list of medical device types. The device types yed may differ depending on previously applied filter criteria.
For example, device types shown may only be those supported by the care area selected. In such embodiments, a user may select a medical device type and then have the option of choosing a specific medical device of that type by selecting the desired unique device identifier. The medical devices displayed in step 1454 may differ depending on previously d filtering criteria. For example, if a medical device has not produced CQI data for a care area ed in step 1438, the device may not be included in the list. A user may select the desired device from the list in step 1456. The CQI database may be queried based on the selected filter criteria to e the ted report. The report may be rendered and displayed on the user interface. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to CQI data using a date range or time frame. In step 1460, a user s a configure CQI report y on a user interface. A user may then indicate that they would like to apply filtering criteria based on a date range in step 1462. The user may then have the option of creating a custom date range or using a predefined date range. If a user would like to use a custom date range, the user may indicate this in step 1464. The user interface may then display a date range selection interface. This date range selection interface may be any suitable date ion ace. For example, the date range selection interface may include a field or fields in which a user types in a date range. The selection interface may also be a virtual calendar which a user may select dates off of. A user may select the custom date range in step 1468.
A user may also choose to use a predefined date range. In some embodiments, the predefined date ranges may be commonly used date ranges (e. g. last 7 days, last 30 days, last quarter, etc.). If a user would like to use a predefined date range to filter CQI data, the user may indicate this in step 1470. The user interface may then display a number of predefined date ranges in step 1472. The user may select a date range from the number of predefined date ranges in step 1474. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to apply a filter to CQI data based on user defined, custom filtering criteria. For purposes of illustration, the example ?owchart depicts various e categories of user customizable filters. In some embodiments, a user may select from various ries to more efficiently create custom filters for CQI data. These filter categories may allow a user to specify filtering criteria which is related to a parent CQI report category. In some embodiments, categories may not be included. In other embodiments, such as that shown in , a user may either create custom filter without using a category or may have the option of selecting a category.
In step 1480 a user may select a configure CQI report utility on a user interface. The user may then indicate that they would like to define a custom filter for CQI data included in the report in step 1482. A user may then have the option of selecting from a category of customizable filtering options or create a filter without using a custom filter category. In the example embodiment, four example categories are included: DERS compliance, Medication, Infusion, and Infusion Story. Other embodiments may include a ing number or differing types of categories.
If a user desires to create a custom filter using the DERS compliance category, the user may proceed to step 1484. In step 1484 a user may indicate that they would like to create a custom filter using the DERS compliance category. A list of customizable d filtering criteria may then be display on the user interface in step 1486.
A user may customize the desired filtering criteria in step 1488. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a list of possible filtering ia for the DERS ance category is shown in Table 11 as follows: Customizable Filterin Criteria for DERS C0_mmiai Non—specified medication or "wildcar " Medication 0.01 Record usage 0.02 Compliant Infusions 0.03 Non—Complaint ons 0.04 Soft Limit Pull Backs 0.05 Soft Limit Overrides Hard Limit Pull Backs Hard Limit Reached Followed by Programming using Non—specified medication or "wildcar " Medication 0.07 Record If a user desires to create a custom filter using the Medication category, the user may proceed to step 1490. In step 1490 a user may indicate that they would like to create a custom filter using the tion category. A list of customizable related drug filtering ia may then be displayed on the user interface in step 1492. A user may customize the desired ing criteria in step 1494. Among , possible drug criteria may include a drug name or drug type. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a list of le filtering criteria for the Medication ry is shown in Table 12 as follows: If a user desires to create a custom filter using the Infusions category, the user may proceed to step 1496. In step 1496 a user may indicate that they would like to create a custom filter using the Infusions category. A list of customizable related ing criteria may then be display on the user interface in step 1498. This list may include some or all of the event types listed in Table l. A user may customize the desired ing criteria in step 4770. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a list of possible filtering criteria for the Infusions category is shown in Table 13 as follows: 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.08 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.18 Alert Issued Alarm Issued If a user desires to create a custom filter using the Infusion Story category, the user may proceed to step 4772. In step 4772 a user may indicate that they would like to create a custom filter using the Infusion Story category. A list of izable related filtering criteria may then be display on the user interface in step 4774. A user may customize the desired filtering criteria in step 4776. In a specific embodiment of the present disclosure, a list of possible filtering criteria for the infusion story category is shown in Table 14 as follows: -Customizable Filterin Criteria for Infusion Stor— If a user desires to create a custom filter without using a category, the user may proceed to step 4778. In step 4778 a user may indicate that they would like to create a custom filter without using a ry. A list of customizable filtering criteria may then be displayed on the user ace in step 4780. This list may include all possible ing criteria that may be customized by the user. Such filtering criteria may include, but is not limited to any of the various filtering criteria described herein. A user may customize the desired filtering criteria in step 4782. id="p-593" id="p-593"
id="p-593"
[00593] Once a user has selected s filtering ia, a database such as the CQI database 106 of may be queried for the requested information. The data may then be used to render a CQI report for y on the user interface. The data may be displayed in any number of suitable ways including, but not limited to charts, , tables, gauges, lists, etc. A user may select the way in which data is displayed in some embodiments. A user may also then drill down on various aspects of the CQI . For example, if a user generated a compliance report for soft limit overrides, a user may have the option to drill down on this information to display soft limit overrides for a specific drug or care area. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to modify the appearance of CQI data such as a CQI report on a user interface. In step 4750, a user may indicate on the user interface that the user would like to modify the presentation of CQI data. The CQI data may be a CQI report. The CQI report may be created by defining and applying various filters as described in FIGS. 54—57.
In various CQI reports, CQI data may be display as a summary over a period of time (e.g. 3 months). A user may, however, desire to view a month by month breakdown of the data. In some embodiments, various CQI reports may be displayed in graphical format or a user may select to present a CQI report in graphical format. For example, a CQI report on non—compliant infusions over a period of time may be displayed as a line graph to display . In some embodiments, a user may be able to specify the type of graph they would like to use if more than one type may be appropriate. It may be desirable to include a greater or lesser number of data points in such a graph. A user may modify the time units used in a CQI report in step 4752 in order to modify the report presentation to match their needs. A user may, for example, change the time unit from months to weeks.
] In various CQI reports a number of different panels or widgets may be ed or may be ed by a user for inclusion. For example, if a user chooses to drill— down on various report details of st, the specific detailed information may open in a new panel. Additionally, some CQI reports may y the same CQI data or similar CQI data in a number of different formats (e. g. a chart and a table). The user ace may become cluttered or the report may become encumberingly long and large with an excessive number of panels in some ces. In such instances, a user may elect to toggle certain panels as shown or hidden to make the report more manageable. A user may toggle a panel n a shown condition and hidden condition by performing step 4754.
In some embodiments, CQI reports may have a summary view and a ed view presentation style. When a report is generated, the report may default to one or the other presentation style. A detailed view of a report may also be created by a user as the user drills—down on various aspects of the CQI report. In some embodiments, a user may have the ability to toggle between various presentation styles (e. g. summary view, detailed view, drilled—down view, etc.) by performing step 4756.
A user may toggle counts or dates by performing step 4758. This may cause data to be displayed in a ent fashion on a CQI user interface. For instance, performing step 4758 may change how a graph of CQI data may be displayed on a user interface. In such embodiments, ng between counts and dates may change the type of units used for the axes of the graph.
] CQI data may also be sorted by a user to better display or organize information of interest to a user. For example, a user may desire to sort the information in a CQI report such that it is presented in ascending or descending alphabetical, numeric, or chronological order. A user may also desire to sort information by another element or value.
For example, in a CQI report detailing non—compliant infusions by drug name, it may be ble to sort drugs in ascending or descending order based on compliance percentage or number of compliant infusions. If a CQI report is presented in a table format, a user may be able to sort data based on any column in the table. A user may sort data by performing step 4760. id="p-600" id="p-600"
id="p-600"
[00600] In some instances it may be desirable to request a comparison between aspects of data in a CQI report or a comparison n one of more different CQI reports.
Such a comparison may be helpful in creating an easily tood visual summary of a large quantity of information. For example, a user may request that a pie chart be created g the percent of compliant V. non—compliant infusions in a report containing both compliant and non—compliant infusions. Such a comparison may also be helpful in trend recognition or tracking. A user may, for example, t a comparison between similar CQI reports for two different DAL ns to determine if changes in a DAL file had the desired effect or to what extend changes in a DAL file had a d effect. A user may request a comparison be created by ming step 4762. In some embodiments, performing step 4762 may include ming steps similar to those shown in .
View perspective of a CQI report may also be toggled by performing step 4764. This may be used to change the way that a CQI report or portion of a CQI report is displayed on a user interface. For example, performing step 4764 may cause bars in a bar graph to change in appearance from 2D to 3D. In other embodiments, performing step 4 may change the display format of data on the user interface. Toggling the view perspective in step 4764 may for example toggle between whether data is displayed in graph or tabular format.
After modifying the report presentation, a user may have the option of further modifying the CQI data presentation if desired. The user may ue to modify the CQI data presentation until the data is presented in the fashion which suits best suits the user. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to modify the time units used in a report. The steps depicted in the e ?owchart in may, in some embodiments, be used to perform step 4752 of .
In step 4550, a user indicates that they would like to modify the time units used in a CQI report. If multiple time units for the report are available for use, the user interface may display the le valid time unit selections in step 4552. The user may then select a time unit (e.g., year, quarter, month, week, day, hour, minute, etc.) to use in the CQI report in step 4554. If only a single time unit is available for the report the user ace may display a notification to the user that only one valid time unit exists or is supported for the CQI report. This may be done in step 4556. ] depicts a ?owchart ing a number of example steps which may be used to hide a shown panel or show a hidden panel in a CQI report. If a panel is shown, the user interface may display a hide panel option for the panel in step 4560. The hide panel option may be a virtual button indicating that the panel may be hidden. In such embodiments, the virtual button may be included in a way which clearly associated the button with the panel to be hidden. A user may select the hide panel option in step 4562 if the user desires to hide the panel. The panel may then be hidden and the user interface may display a show panel option in step 4564.
If a panel is hidden, the user ace may provide a display panel option for the hidden panel in step 4566. The display panel option may be a virtual button indicating that a panel has been hidden. A user may select the display panel option in step 4568 if they would like to show the hidden panel. The user interface may then show the panel and display a hide panel option for the panel in step 4570. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to toggle between a summary view and a detailed view in a CQI report. If a CQI report is displayed in the detailed view, the user ace may display a summary view option for the CQI report in step 4580. If d, a user may toggle to the summary view by selecting the summary view option in step 4582. The summary view of the CQI report may then be displayed on the user interface in step 4584. If the CQI report is displayed in the summary View, the user interface may display a detailed View option in step 4586. If desired, a user may toggle to the ed View by ing the detailed View option in step 4588. The user interface may then display the detailed View of the report in step 4590. ] depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to sort CQI data in a CQI report. The example steps shown in the ?owchart in may, in some embodiments, be the steps used to m step 4760 of . The steps depicted in detail logic which may be used to sort CQI data in a table based CQI report. Some non—table based reports may also be sortable in various embodiments. onally, sorting need not be limited to sorting by ascending or descending order as shown in .
In step 4600 a user may select a column of the CQI report to use as sorting criteria. If the selected column has not been preViously used to sort the CQI , the column may be used to sort the CQI report based on the ding order of the column in step 4602. That is, the row with the highest value in the column will be the first row of the table and so on. If the column was preViously used to sort the CQI report, the column may be used to sort the CQI report in the opposite order. For e, the column may be used to sort the CQI report in the descending order of the column in step 4602 if the column was last used to sort the CQI report based on its ascending order. If the column was preViously used to sort the CQI report based on descending order of the column, the column be use to sort the CQI report based on the ascending order of the column in step 4604.
In some embodiments, the logic used to sort a CQI report may differ. For example, in some embodiments, after a user selects a column to use a sorting criteria, the user interface may prompt the user to choose if they would like to sort the CQI based on the ascending or descending order of the column or another sorting criteria based on the column. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to toggle between a counts View and a dates View in a CQI report. If a CQI report is displayed in the counts View, the user interface may display a dates View option for the CQI report in step 4610. If desired, a user may toggle to the dates View by selecting the dates View option in step 4612. The dates View of the CQI report may then be displayed on the user interface in step 4614. If the CQI report is displayed in the dates View, the user interface may display a counts View option in step 4616. If desired, a user may toggle to the counts view by selecting the counts view option in step 4618. The user interface may then display the counts view of the report in step 4620. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to select a utility on a user interface which may allow a user to perform a function or functions. In step 1220, a user views a report. A user may view a report by following steps similar to those shown and described in on to —63. A user may then choose from a number of available ies. The example ?owchart shown in includes six e utilities. Other utilities may be available.
If a user desires to print the ed report, the user may proceed to step 1222 and print the report. If a user desires to ad the selected report the user may proceed to step 1224 and download the report. If a user desires to email the selected report, the user may proceed to step 1226 and email the report to one or more recipients. If a user desires to export data from the selected report, a user may do so by proceeding to step 1228 and using the export data utility. If a user desires to save the selected report or load another report, the user may proceed to step 1230 and save or load a . If a user desires to create a link to the selected report, the user may proceed to step 1232 and create a link to the report using the link utility. After a user has finished using a utility, the user may perform further functions with other utilities if desired. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to print a CQI report. The steps shown in may in some embodiments be a number of eps for step 1222 in . In step 1240, a user ies a report. This may be done, for example, by following steps shown in —63. The user may then select the print utility 1242. After a user s the print utility, the user interface may display a w of the report in step 1244. The user interface may for example be a DERS editor user interface or CQI user interface. After the preview has been displayed a user may then decide whether or not they would like to print the report. If a user does not want to print the report, the user may proceed to step 1246 and indicate that they would not like the report to be printed. This may exit the print utility in some embodiments. If a user would like to print the , the user may proceed to step 1248 and indicate that they would like to print the report. The user may then be prompted to select a printer in step 1250.
After a user selects the desired printer, the user may cancel printing of the report or may print the report. To a cancel printing of a report, a user may proceed to step 1252 and indicate their desire to cancel printing of the report. If a user cancels printing of the report, the user may return to step 1244. If a user wants to print the report, a user may indicate that they would like to print the report in step 1254. The report may then be ted and sent to the printer in step 1256. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to download a CQI report. The steps shown in may in some embodiments be a number of sub—steps for step 1224 in . In step 1260, a user specifies a report.
This may be done, for example, by following steps shown in —63. The user may then select the download utility 1262. After a user selects the download utility, the user interface may display a preView of the report in step 1264. The user interface may for example be a DERS editor user interface or CQI user interface. After the preView has been displayed a user may then decide whether or not they would like to download the report. If a user does not want to download the report, the user may proceed to step 1266 and te that they would not like the report to be downloaded. This may exit the download utility in some embodiments. If a user would like to download the report, the user may proceed to step 1268 and indicate that they would like to ad the report. The user may then be prompted to select a format and destination for the report in step 1270. The report may be downloaded in any number of suitable formats which may, for example, include Portable Document Format (.pdf) or static html format.
After a user selects the desired format and ation, the user may cancel downloading of the report or may download the report. To a cancel downloading of a report, a user may proceed to step 1272 and indicate their desire to cancel downloading of the . If a user s downloading of the report, the user may return to step 1264. If a user wants to ad the report, a user may indicate that they would like to download the report in step 1274. The report may then be formatted and downloaded to the ied destination 1276. ] depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of exemplary steps which may be used to email a CQI report. The steps shown in may in some embodiments be a number of sub—steps for step 1226 in . In step 1280, a user specifies a report.
This may be done, for example, by following steps shown in —63. The user may then select the email report y 1282. After a user selects the email utility, the user interface may display a preView of the report to be emailed in step 1284. The user ace may for example be a DERS editor user interface or CQI user interface. After the preView has been displayed a user may then decide whether or not they would like to email the report. If a user does not want to email the report, the user may proceed to step 1286 and indicate that they would not like the report to be d. This may exit the email utility in some embodiments. If a user would like to email the report, the user may proceed to step 1288 and te that they would like to email the report. The user may then be prompted to provide at least one email address to email the report to in step 1290.
After a user selects the desired email address(es), the user may cancel emailing of the report or may email the report. To a cancel emailing of a report, a user may proceed to step 1292 and indicate their desire to cancel emailing of the report. If a user cancels emailing of the , the user may return to step 1284. If a user wants to email the , a user may indicate that they would like to email the report in step 1294. The report data may then be formatted for email and sent to the indicated email address(es) in step 1296. depicts a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to export data from a CQI report. The steps shown in may in some embodiments be a number of sub—steps for step 1228 in . In step 1300, a user specifies a report. This may be done, for example, by following steps shown in —63.
The user may then select the export utility in step 1302. After a user selects the export utility, the user may select the data to be exported from the report in step 1304. The user interface may display a preView of the selected data in step 1306. The user interface may for e be a DERS editor user interface or CQI user interface. After the preView has been displayed a user may then decide whether or not they would like to export the data. If a user does not want to export the data, the user may proceed to step 1308 and indicate that they would not like the report data to be exported. This may exit the export utility. If a user would like to export the report data, the user may proceed to step 1310 and indicate that they would like to export the report. The user may then be prompted to select a format, destination ory, file name, etc. for the data in step 1312.
After a user tes step 1312, the user may cancel export of the report data or may export the report data. To a cancel export of report data, a user may proceed to step 1314 and indicate their desire to cancel exporting of the report data. If a user cancels exporting of the report data, the user may return to step 1306. If a user wants to export the report data, a user may te that they would like to export the report data in step 1316.
The report data may then be formatted and downloaded to the selected destination with the provided file name in step 1318.
Referring now to a ?owchart detailing a number of example steps which may be used to schedule a report for automatic generation and distribution is shown.
In step 1150, a user may choose from a list of saved reports or configure a report which they would like to schedule for automatic tion and distribution. A report using the same filtering criteria as the chosen report may be automatically generated and distributed on the prescribed schedule or on a prescribed date. In step 1152, a user may provide a name for the report. In step 1154, the user may define a schedule for when the report should be generated and distributed. A user may also define the distribution list for the report in step 1154. The distribution list may be a list of email ses or an email s to which the report is automatically sent after generation. In step 1156, a user may save the scheduled report definition. When the report comes due to be generated, a CQI database may be queried for the selected data and the report may be created. depicts a rt showing a number of example steps which may be used to generate and distribute a scheduled CQI report such as those shown and described in relation to . In step 1160, a scheduled report may be triggered. That is, the point at which the report was schedule for generation is reached. The schedule for the report may be kept by a scheduling service in a hosted environment.
The filtering criteria for the triggered report may be retrieved in step 1162 by a CQI server after notification that the report has been triggered. A CQI ing service may then ve the data for the triggered report in step 1164. This data may be ed to the CQI server and formatted into the report in step 1166. The report, or a link to the report, may be emailed to the distribution list in step 1168. After the report has been emailed to the bution list, the scheduling service may be notified that it has been delivered. The scheduling service may log that the report was delivered in step 1170. ] depicts a ?owchart showing a number of example steps which may be used to generate an automated CQI summary report. Such a report may, for instance, be generated on a daily basis or other regular interval. CQI summary reports may be ured to present a snapshot of a large number of ed events. These reports may save time and mitigate the opportunity for confusion by presenting a large number of events in a pre—digested form.
In step 1180, a scheduled report may be triggered. As mentioned above, summary reports may be automatically generated on a daily basis. Such reports may be generated on any other time frame as well. In some embodiments, an automated summary report may be generated after a ermined number of CQI events have been received.
The schedule for the report may be kept by a scheduling service in a hosted environment.
Metadata for the triggered report may be retrieved in step 1182 by a CQI server after notification that the report has been triggered. A CQI reporting service may then retrieve the data for the triggered report in step 1184. The CQI reporting service may populate the summary tables for the report in step 1186. The CQI server may acknowledge the creation of the report in step 1188. After the creation of the report has been acknowledged a scheduling service may be notified that the report has been created. The scheduling service may log that the report was created in step 1190. id="p-627" id="p-627"
id="p-627"
[00627] Referring now to FIGS. 72—180, a number of example user ace screens are shown. Such screens may be accessed and presented to a user on a DERS editor user ace or CQI user interface. For es of example, the screens shown are those of a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, similar or identical screens may be used in other interfaces for other services such as a user interface for a CQI service. Screens shown in FIGS. 72—180 may be related to the ?owcharts shown in FIGS. 11—71. Such s may follow similar work?ows to what is shown and described in FIGS. 11—71. In various embodiments, these s may be displayed to a user via a web r user interface. A user may, for example, view such screens using a computer, tablet, smart phone, etc. As a user navigates from screen to screen, a database such as a DERS database may be queried for the information needed to display the screen. This information may then be rendered for display and displayed on the user interface. Any suitable client—server interaction scheme may be used.
Referring now specifically to FIGS. 72 and 73, an example graphical user interface login screen 1500 which may be presented to a user when a user attempts to access a DERS editor service or CQI service is shown. Such a screen may be rendered and ted to a user as a user tries to access a service via a web browser.
] As shown, the login screen 1500 includes a banner 1502 with a service identifier 1504. The service identifier 1504 may be text identifying the service that a user is running (e. g. DERS editor service, CQI service, user editor service, etc.). In the e embodiment shown in FIGS. 72 and 73, the e identifier 1504 reads "DERS Editor". In other embodiments, the service identifier may be an icon, logo, or the like. In some embodiments, the banner 1502 may additionally include other information, for example, company information, version number information, institution/organization information, etc.
The example login screen 1500 additionally includes a login box 1506. The login box 1506 in the example ment includes text which instructs the user to enter their login s. The login box 1506 may include a User ID field 1508 in which the user may enter their user ID. The login box 1506 may include a Password field 1510 in which the user may enter their password. These fields are shown filled out in . Other embodiments may include a differing number of fields or different fields.
The login box 1506 may, in some embodiments, include a ten password link 1512 which may be used by a user to retrieve a forgotten password. In some embodiments, the forgotten password link 1512 may have expanded onalities. For example, the forgotten password link 1512 may onally allow a user to change their password or retrieve their user ID.
The login box 1506 on the example login screen 1500 may also include a login option 1514. The login option 1514 may be a virtual button or the like. The login option 1514 may include text indicating its function or may include an icon which indicates its function. In some embodiments, the login option 1514 may be disabled until a user has filled out the User ID field 1508 and Password field 1510. In some embodiments, disabled buttons may be grayed out or otherwise visually altered to indicate that they are disabled.
Once a user has entered their login details in the t fields a user may click, press, touch, etc. the login option 1514 to login to the service. depicts an example initialization screen 1520. Such a screen may be presented to a user such as a drug library administrator during their first login to a DERS editor service. The initialization screen 1520 may be used by a user to set up the DERS editor service for an institution or organization. In the example embodiment, the initialization screen 1520 includes a number of utilities. The initialization screen 1520 may include a create new library utility 1522, an import library utility 1524, and help utility 1526. These utilities may be yed as virtual s on the user ace.
A user may use the help y 1526 to open a help or informational page. In some embodiments, clicking on the help utility 1526 may cause a tutorial to begin. A user may use the import library utility 1524 to import a pre—existing library. Such a library may, for example, be a library from another institution within the same organization. In some embodiments, such a library may be prepared by a service provider. A user may use the create new library utility 1522 to create a new library.
In some embodiments, if a user clicks a virtual button or option on an initialization screen 1520, an initialization wizard may be displayed on the user interface.
Various initialization wizard screens 1530 are depicted in FIGS. 75—77. The example lization wizard screens 1530 may be used to define an institution/organization’s organizational schema. The example initialization screens may also be used to define various users of the DERS editor service. s an example initialization wizard screen 1530 which may be used to provide various information about an institution or organization that will be using the DERS editor. The initialization wizard screen 1530 in es a number of user definable fields. The example embodiment in includes an institution/organization name field 1532. This field may be used to define the name of the ution or organization for which the library is being created. In some embodiments, if a user indicates the name given is that of an organization, a user may be prompted to fill out an ution name field (not shown) identifying one or more institutions within the organization that will be using the new library. An upload logo link 1534 may also be included in some embodiments. A user may use the upload logo link 1534 to upload the ution’s logo to the DERS editor. This logo may be displayed on various screens on the DERS editor user interface.
The example initialization wizard screen 1530 in also includes language selection field 1536. The language selection field 1536 may be used to specify the default language which will be used on the library and DERS editor service. In some embodiments, the ge selection field 1536 may be populated using a drop box which when expanded displays a selection of all supported languages. The example ment in includes a date format field 1538 as well. A user may use this field to select how dates will be formatted (e.g., mm/dd/yy, dd/mm/yy, dd/mm/yyyy, etc.). Once a user has populated the fields shown on , a user may click a next option 1540 to d to the next initialization wizard screen 1530. In various embodiments, the next option 1540 may be disabled until a user fills out all required fields on the current . depicts r example initialization wizard screen 1530. The example initialization wizard screen 1530 shown in may be used to define an institution’s DERS editor users and their privileges. The example embodiment shown in includes a user field 1550. A user may input a user in the user field 1550. In some embodiments, this may be lished by providing an e—mail address for the user. In such embodiments, the DERS editor service may send an email to the given email address with a user ID and password. The newly created user may then use the credentials provided in the email to access the DERS editor service. In some embodiments, a newly created user may be required to, for example, change their password upon their first login.
] Additionally, the example initialization wizard screen 1530, depicted in , includes a role selector 1552 functionality. In some embodiments, the role selector 1552 functionality may be a user populated field which may include a drop down box. In the example ment depicted in , the role or 1552 functionality provides a number of selectable options which a user may check off if desired. The selectable options are shown as radio buttons in , but need not be radio buttons in all embodiments. In the example embodiment in , a , editor, and administrator role are shown.
Other embodiments may include additional roles. In some embodiments, a user may be required to define additional information about new users. This additional information may include care areas in which they work or are responsible for. An add another user option 1554 is also ed in the example initialization wizard screen 1530 shown in .
This may be used if a user wishes to define multiple DERS editor users and their privileges.
Clicking the add another user option 1554 may cause the DERS editor user interface to display additional fields which may be used to define additional users and their eges.
In some embodiments, a user may assign a customized role to a user by choosing from amongst a number of privileges such as but not limited to any of those shown in Table 3.
The example ment shown in also includes a back option 1555 and a next option 1540. The back option 1555 may be used to return to the previous initialization wizard screen 1530. The next option 1540 may be used to proceed to the next initialization wizard screen 1530. The next option 1540 may be disabled until the user has filled out all of the required fields on the current screen. depicts an example initialization wizard screen 1530 which may be used to define the various care areas which exist within an ution. The example embodiment shown in includes a care area selector 1560. The care area selector 1560 may include a list of care areas which may be checked off by the user. In some embodiments, the list of care areas may be organized into like care groups of care areas for ease of user. For e, a number of psychiatric care areas may be d together under a psychiatric g or column. In some embodiments, a care group selector screen may be included as well. A user may use such a screen to define a number of care groups which are present at the institution. The user may then specify care areas that are ed in each defined care group.
In some embodiments, the care area or 1560 may include at least one care area selector field (not shown). In such embodiments a user may populate the care area selector field by ing the desired care area from a drop down list or the like. Such embodiments may also include an add additional care area option (not shown) which may be used to add additional fields which may be populated with care areas. id="p-643" id="p-643"
id="p-643"
[00643] The example embodiment shown in also includes a back option 1562 and a finish option 1564. The back option 1562 may be used to return to the preVious initialization wizard screen 1530. The finish option 1564 may be used to proceed to the next initialization wizard screen 1530. The finish option 1564 may be disabled until the user has filled out all of the required fields on the t screen. In some embodiments, a user may be required to select at least one care area in the care area or 1560 before the finish option 1564 becomes enabled.
Some embodiments may include onal screens which may be included in an initialization wizard. For example, some embodiments may include a general settings screen or a number of general settings screens. In some embodiments, a user groups or roles screen may be included in which a user may define the groups and/or roles which will be displayed in the role selector 1552 of . In such embodiments, the user may customize the DERS editor service eges for each group and/or role on a user groups or roles screen. Other screens may also be included as part of an initialization wizard. In such embodiments, the finish option 1564 shown on may instead be a next option which allows a user to proceed to any additional screens. depicts an example embodiment of a me" screen 1570. The example welcome screen 1570 may be the screen displayed to a user after first initializing the DERS editor serVice for the institution. The welcome screen 1570 shown in may, in some embodiments, be the screen displayed to a user upon g into a DERS editor serVice. In some embodiments, the welcome screen 1570 may be displayed upon login until sufficient content has been added to the drug library in the DERS editor. Some embodiments may not include a welcome screen 1570.
As shown the welcome screen 1570 includes a title bar 1572. The title bar 1572 may include a service identifier 1574. The service identifier 1574 may include the name, logo, icon, etc. of the service. The title bar 1572 may also include a number of selectable links/ menu options 1576. In the example embodiment, the title bar 1572 includes selectable links/ menu options 1576 including a home option, hospital setting option, account settings option, help option, and a sign out option.
If a user has uploaded the logo for the institution, the institution logo 1578 may be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. In the example embodiment, the ution logo 1578 is display in the top left corner of the DERS editor user interface, but may be displayed elsewhere in other embodiments. In some embodiments, the institution logo 1578 may not be yed on all screens of the DERS editor user interface.
The welcome screen 1570 shown in additionally includes a side bar 1580. The side bar 1580 may include various information of interest, links to DERS editor items, action items the user is sible for, etc. In the example embodiment shown in , the side bar 1580 includes links to a list of the care areas in the institution.
The welcome screen may also include an informational box 1582. The informational box 1582 may display information or notifications which may be of interest to a user. The informational box 1582 may in some embodiments provide instructional ation to a user. Some embodiments of a welcome screen 1570 may also include a quick links box 1584. This box may include links to a number of editing functionalities in the DERS editor service. In the example embodiment, the quick links box 1584 includes an add drug link, import drug link, add care area link, and a tutorial link. Other embodiments may include ent links or a differing number of links.
Some DERS editor screens may also include a search bar 1586. In the example embodiment, a search bar 1586 is ed on the welcome screen 1570. The search bar 1586 may allow a user to search the drug y for various items or elements.
For example, a user may use the search bar 1586 to search for a ic medication record or a care area. ] depicts an example of a DERS editor dashboard screen 1590. In some embodiments, a DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may function as a home screen and/or be the screen which is displayed upon login to the DERS editor e. The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may provide a user with a quick "snapshot" of ant drug library information. The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may differ from user to user depending on the privileges or groups the user belongs to. The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may also differ due to users configuring the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 to suit their individual needs. onally, the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may differ depending on the stage of development of a drug library. For example, the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may differ when a drug y is in the creation phase (has not yet been released) and after the drug y has been released.
As shown, the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 shown in includes a title bar 1572. The title bar 1572 includes a service identifier 1574. The title bar 1572 may e other important information. In the example embodiment shown in 79, the title bar 1572 includes a drug library version number 1592. In some embodiments, the title bar 1572 may also te if the drug library n is in ss or has been released. The title bar 1572 in the example embodiment also includes the DERS editor user name 1594 of the user. In some embodiments, a user may click on the user name 1594 to view or modify account settings, change password, log out, etc.
] The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may include a number of widgets which provide information, links, action items, etc. to a user. In some ments, the widgets displayed on the dashboard screen 1590 may be selected and/or modified by the user. In some embodiments, a user may only be able to choose from a sub—set of widgets depending on a role or permissions ed the user. A user may thus be able to arrange their DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 in a manner which best fits their needs. In some embodiments, various DERS editor dashboards may be arranged by an institution for particular groups of DERS editor users (drug library administrator, reviewer, pharmacist, etc.). In some embodiments, the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 may differ for an in progress drug library and a released/active drug library. The specific dashboard settings for each user may be stored in a database, for example a DERS database or a user database.
The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 shown in includes an overview widget 1596a. An overview widget 1596a may show the drug library n number, its review status or release status, the number of facilities, care areas, and/or drugs in the library, etc. The DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 in includes a quick links widget 1596b. A quick links widget 1596b may allow a user to click various links to navigate to commonly used or important DERS editor functionalities. In some embodiments, a user may choose which links are displayed on a quick links widget 1596b.
A progress widget 1596c is also shown in . A progress widget 1596c may include various information about the review progress or creation progress made for a library. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the information displayed in the progress widget 1596c may be presented in a graphical format. Information displayed in a ss widget 1596c may include, but is not limited to, s ed or needing , feedback, review progress by care area, review ss by DERS editor user, etc. Some embodiments of a progress widget 1596c may include a link to any action items for the DERS editor user and acts as a task list. A feedback and requests widget 1596d is also shown in . A feedback and requests widget 1956d may show a user feedback and update requests for a library. This information may be displayed in, for e, a table. The table may include the drug name, care area, clinical use, concentration, date of the feedback or request, name or user ID of the user who submitted the request, etc. A user may be able to click on desired items shown in the ck and requests widget 1596d to address the items. Other ments may include different or additional widgets. Some widgets, for e, the feedback and requests widget 1596d may be separated into one or more ent widgets in alternate embodiments.
Also shown in are a number of tabs 1598. A user may click these tabs 1598 to navigate to different portions of the DERS editor. In the example embodiment in , the DERS editor dashboard screen 1590 includes tabs 1598 to navigate to a drug editor, a care area screen, a library review screen, and a pump simulator. The open tab 1598 of the DERS editor may be highlighted or otherwise visually indicate that it is open in some embodiments. These various screens may be used to create or modify various aspects of a drug library. A care area screen may for example be used to edit care area entries in a drug library. Various embodiments may include different or a different number of tabs 1598.
Referring now to , an example care area screen 1600 is shown. A user may, in some embodiments, navigate to the care area screen 1600 by clicking the proper tab 1598. The care area screen 1600 may display a list of care areas in the drug library to a user. Only four care areas are shown in . Other information about the care areas may also be yed. For example, the number of drugs for each care area, review progress, etc. for each care area may also be shown. Some embodiments may display the care areas and related information in a care area table 1602. A user may be able to click or select care areas from the list to view more detailed information about the care area or edit the care area settings.
The care area screen 1600 additionally includes an add care area option 1604 and a copy option 1606 which are shown as virtual buttons in . A user may select one of these options if they would like to add a new care area to the drug library. A user may select the copy option 1606 if they would like add a new care area by copying an existing care area. This may save time if there will be few differences in the gs for the care areas. In some embodiments, using the copy option 1606 to create a new care area may copy over all of the medication records, rule sets, concentrations, etc. from the copied care area to the new care area. In some embodiments, a user may indicate that they would not like to copy various entries associated with a care area when using the copy option 1606 to create a new care area. If a user would like to create a new care area without copying an existing care area, a user may click the add a care area option 1604.
The progression of FIGS. 81—86 depict a number of es of an add a care area screen 1610. In other embodiments, the screens or steps used to add a care area may differ. In some embodiments, these s may be displayed on the DERS editor user interface after a user clicks the add a care area option 1604 shown in . The add a care area screen 1610 shown in may be one of many screens which are part of an add a care area wizard in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the add a care area screen 1610 may be a part of the care area screen 1600. In some embodiments, the add a care area screen 1610 may be displayed as a modal window over top of the care area screen 1600.
Adding a care area may involve specifying a number of ent parameters, elements, items, etc. When adding a care area, a user may specify a care area type or name as well as other DERS editor service users who are associated with the care area. A user may also specify drugs and types of medical devices used or supported in a care area. A user may also be required to specify a number of parameters for the care area which may relate to drug stration within the care area (e. g. t weight limits, B.S.A. limits, etc.). In some embodiments, a user may also specify a care group (if any) to which the care area belongs. In other embodiments, adding a care area may differ and may involve ying different or additional parameters, elements, items, etc. Once the care area is added, the care area and all specified information for the care area may be saved in the DERS database. A similar process may be used to add care groups to a drug library.
As shown, a care area types list 1612 is depicted in the add a care area screen 1610 shown in . The care area types list 1612 shown in is separated into a number of care area categories to allow a user to quickly locate the desired care area type.
In the example embodiment shown in , a user may select the desired care area using a check box. In other embodiments, a user may select the desired care area type by toggling a radio button on or off, by clicking the desire care area, or in any other suitable manner. A user may be required to select a care area type before proceeding to any additional steps in the process of adding a care area. In some embodiments, an asterisk or other indicia may be used to indicate if a field, parameter, or other element is required to be defined on a DERS editor screen. Fields, parameters, or other elements indicated as required herein need not be required in all ment of the present disclosure. id="p-661" id="p-661"
id="p-661"
[00661] If a user desires to cancel their adding of a new care area, the user may use a cancel option 1614 on the add a care area screen 1610. If a user would like to proceed to define onal care area settings, a user may use a next option 1616. depicts r add a care area screen 1610. The add a care area screen 1610 shown in includes a number of ter fields which may be used to define setting for the care area. In other embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610 for various care area settings may include different parameter fields or a different number of parameter fields than that shown in .
In the example embodiment shown in , a name parameter field 1620 is included. This field may be used to specify the name of a care area within the institution.
In , a user has entered "4 West" in the name parameter field 1620.
A care area type parameter field 1622 is also ed in the example embodiment. This field may be automatically ted with the care area a user selects on a preVious add a care area screen 1610 such as that shown in . In some embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610, such as the one shown in , may not be included. The care area type may instead be defined by populating a care area type parameter field 1622 such as the one shown in . A care area type parameter field 1622 may be useful to create uniformity and allow for easy comparison between institutions.
] A sort order ter field 1624 may also be included in some embodiments. This field may be used to define in what order the added care area is to be displayed on the user ace of a medical deVice during programming of the medical deVice. For example, if a medical deVice is used in a number of care areas, as it is programmed it may ask a user to select which care area the device is in from a list. The sort order parameter field 1624 may be used to define where in the list the care area will appear.
A require second review parameter field 1626 is also included in .
This field may be used to define whether infusions, therapies, etc. programmed in the care area require a second review before they are administered. This second review may in some embodiments be done by the same user that programmed the original infusion or may be conducted by another user. In some embodiments, a user may have the option of specifying that a second review is only required if a soft limit is being overridden, for example.
] The example embodiment in additionally includes a screen lock parameter field 1628. This field may be used to define whether or not a user may lock the user ace screen of a medical device in the care area. In some embodiments, the screen lock parameter field may be used to select a type of screen lock from a number of possible screen locks. For example, a user may be able to choose between a screen lock which may be locked or ed with a virtual button, a slider, a keypad, etc. A user may also define if a de or password is ed to unlock the screen. In some embodiments a screen lock parameter field 1628 may be used to set a ut duration for a medical device user interface. For example, a user may specify that if a device’s user interface is not touched for two minutes, the device may automatically lock its user interface.
A default speaker volume parameter field 1630 and a default screen ness parameter field 1632 are also included in the example add a care area screen 1610 shown in . The default speaker volume parameter filed 1630 may be used to define the default speaker volume for devices in the care area. The default screen brightness parameter field 1632 may be used to define the default screen brightness of device in the care area. Some embodiments, including that depicted in may include an automatically adjust screen brightness parameter field 1634. This field may be used to define whether or not screens of medical s in a care area will automatically adjust their brightness in response to ambient lighting conditions or time of day.
Once a user has finished defining parameters for the care area settings, a user may click a next option l6l6. Clicking the next option 1616 on the add a care area screen 1610 shown in may progress a user to another add a care area screen 1610 with additional parameter fields to be d. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1616 on may progress a user to the add a care area screen 1610 shown in .
The add a care area screen 1610 shown in includes a number of parameter fields which may be used to define patient settings for the care area. In other embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610 for various patient settings may include ent ter fields or a different number of parameter fields than that shown in .
As shown, a second weight/BSA entry parameter field 1640 is included. This field may be used to define whether or not a user is required to enter a patient’s weight or body surface area twice to confirm that the information is t. This may, for example, be desirable in a NICU where small errors in these values can cause severe adverse events to occur. Other parameters may also be included as safeguards against incorrect weight or BSA value entry. id="p-671" id="p-671"
id="p-671"
[00671] A number of t weight limit parameter fields may also be included. In the example embodiment shown on , the add a care area screen 1610 es a weight high hard limit parameter field 1642, weight high soft limit parameter field 1644, weight low soft limit parameter field 1646, weight low hard limit parameter field 1648.
Hard limits may not be overridden during programming and soft limits may be overridden with a manual override in some embodiments. The weight high hard limit parameter field 1642 and weight high soft limit parameter field 1644 may be used to define the high limits for weights which may be entered during programming of a medical device. The weight low soft limit parameter field 1646 and the weight low hard limit parameter field 1648 may be used to define the low limits for s which may be entered during programming of a medical device. These hard and soft limits may help to ensure that correct information is entered when programming a patient’s weight. Among other benefits, these limits may help to protect against order of magnitude errors which may occur if a user mistakenly types in an extra zero when programming weight. For e, if a user types in "25001bs" in a patient weight field instead of "2501bs" when programming a medical device, the hard limit may prevent a user from delivering the y.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add a care area screen 1610 in , a user may use a next option 1616. The next option 1616 on the add a care area screen 1610 shown in may progress a user to another add a care area screen 1610 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1616 on may progress a user to the add a care area screen 1610 shown in . The add a care area screen 1610 shown in includes a number of parameter fields which may be used to define patient settings for the care area. In some embodiments, the add a care area screens 1610 shown in FIGS. 83—84 may be combined into a single screen. In other embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610 for various patient settings may include different ter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in .
A number of patient body surface area parameter fields are shown in . In the example embodiment shown on , the add a care area screen 1610 includes a BSA high hard limit parameter field 1650, BSA high soft limit parameter field 1652, BSA low soft limit parameter field 1654, and a BSA low hard limit parameter field 1656. The BSA high hard limit parameter field 1650 and BSA high soft limit parameter field 1652 may be used to define the high limits for BSA which may be entered during programming of a medical device. The BSA low soft limit parameter field 1654 and the BSA low hard limit parameter field 1656 may be used to define the low limits for BSA which may be entered during programming of a medical device. As indicated above in reference to hard and soft limits for weights in the discussion of , these hard and soft limits may help to ensure that correct information is entered when mming a patient’s BSA. ] also includes a ter field for syringe settings in the event the medical device being used in the care area is a syringe pump. In some embodiments, syringe pump settings parameters may be included on another add a care area screen 1610. In the example embodiment shown in , a syringe parameter field 1658 is included. This field may be used to define syringes that may be used or may not be used in the care area.
Again, using the example of a NICU, it may be desirable to disallow usage of larger volume syringes such as 60cc syringes. If, for example, during pump programming, the user enters a syringe size or the pump determines a syringe is in place that is too large, the user may be ted from ring a y.
Once a user has ed defining parameters in the add a care area screen 1610 in , a user may click a next button 1616. Clicking the next button 1616 on the add a care area screen 1610 shown in may progress a user to another add a care area screen 1610 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, clicking the next button 1616 on may progress a user to the add a care area screen 1610 shown in . The add a care area screen 1610 shown in includes a number of groups of parameter fields which may be used to define KVO setting, rate limits, and VTBI limits for the care area. In other embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610 for these settings may include different parameter fields or a ent number of parameter fields than those shown in . In some embodiments, there may be a separate add a care area screen 1610 for each group of ter fields shown in .
In the example embodiment shown in there are a number of parameter fields which may be used to define KVO settings for a care area. A default KVO value parameter field 1660 is included in the example embodiment. This field may be used to define the default KVO rate for the care area. A KVO can be changed by user parameter field 1662 is also included in the example embodiment shown in . This field may be used to define whether or not a user in the care area is able to change the KVO rate from that defined in field 1660 or that defined in a drug record. id="p-677" id="p-677"
id="p-677"
[00677] The e add a care area screen 1610 shown in also includes parameter fields which may be used to define infusion rate limits for the care area. In the example ment shown in , a rate high hard limit parameter field 1664 and a rate high soft limit parameter field 1666 are shown. Other embodiments may include a rate low hard limit parameter field (not shown) and a rate low soft limit parameter field (not shown). The rate high hard limit parameter field 1664 and the rate high soft limit parameter field 1666 may be used to define limits for infusion rates which may be d during programming of an infusion pump. These rates may help to ensure that a dangerous amount of a drug is not red over a specific time window. In some embodiments, s drug records for drugs used in the care area may include rate limits as well. Such rate limits may supersede any rate limits defined for the care area. Some other limits which may be defined at the care area level may also be superseded by limits d in drug records for those drugs used in the care area (e. g. VTBI, alarm sensitivities, etc.).
The example embodiment shown in also includes parameter fields which may be used to define VTBI limits for the care area. As shown, a VTBI high hard limit parameter field 1668 and a VTBI high soft limit parameter field 1670 are included. In some embodiments, a VTBI low hard limit parameter field (not shown) and a VTBI low soft limit parameter field (not shown) may be included as well. The VTBI high hard limit parameter field 1668 and the VTBI high soft limit parameter field 1670 may be used to define limits for the VTBI which may be entered during programming of a medical device.
These limits may be beneficial for a number of reasons. For example, these limits may help to prevent over delivery of medication to a t.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add a care area screen 1610 in , a user may use a next option 1616. The next option 1616 on the add a care area screen 1610 shown in may progress a user to r add a care area screen 1610 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, the next option 1616 on may ss a user to the add a care area screen 1610 shown in .
The add a care area screen 1610 shown in includes a number of groups of ter fields which may be used to define an air infusion limit and occlusion sensitivity limits for the care area. In other embodiments, an add a care area screen 1610 for these settings may include different parameter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in . In some embodiments, there may be a separate add a care area screen 1610 for each group of parameter fields shown in . id="p-680" id="p-680"
id="p-680"
[00680] In the example embodiment shown in , a number of parameter fields which may be used to define air infusion limits are included. A default air infusion limit parameter field 1680, user can change air infusion limit ter field 1682, and an air infusion hard limit parameter field 1684 are included in the example add a care area screen 1610 in . The default air on limit parameter field 1680 may be used to define the default air—in—line alarm sensitivity for the care area. The user can change air infusion limit parameter field 1682 may be used to define whether or not a user can change the air on limit defined in field 1680 or within a drug record for the care area. The air infusion hard limit field 1684 may be used to define an air—in—line alarm sensitivity level which the user cannot modify air infusion limits beyond. These parameter fields may help to t adverse events such as air embolisms.
] A number of parameter fields which may be used to define occlusion sensitivity are also included in . In the example embodiment depicted in , a default occlusion sensitivity parameter field 1686, user can change occlusion sensitivity parameter field 1688, occlusion sensitivity hard limit parameter field 1690, and back—pump to relieve occlusion pressure field 1692 are included. Some embodiments may include separate occlusion ter field groups for upstream occlusion sensitivity and downstream occlusion sensitivity. The default occlusion sensitivity parameter field 1686 may be used to define the default occlusion sensitivity for medical devices in a care area.
The user can change occlusion sensitivity parameter field 1688 may be used to define whether or not a user may be able to change the occlusion sensitivity ied in field 1686 or a drug record for a care area. The occlusion sensitivity hard limit parameter field 1690 may be used to define an occlusion sensitivity level which the user cannot modify the occlusion sensitivity below. The back—pump to relieve occlusion pressure field 1692 may be used to define whether a medical device will back—pump to relieve ion pressure if an occlusion is sensed by the device. This back—pumping may be desirable to ensure that a large over delivery does not occur if the occlusion source is removed (e. g. a nurse removes an IV line clamp from an infusion line). These parameters may help to ensure that a patient safely receives the prescribed therapy.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add a care area screen 1610 in , a user may use a next option similar to the next option 1616 show in FIGS. 81—85. Such an option may progress a user to another add a care area screen 1610 with onal parameter fields to be defined. In some ments, after progressing through the defining of parameters in FIGS. 81—86 a user may have completed defining the items, parameters, elements, etc. ary to add the care area. In such embodiments, and as shown in , a finish option 1694 may be included. A user may use the finish option 1694 to add the care area to the drug y. In various other embodiments, a user may be required to define additional or different parameters, items, elements, etc. before a care area may be added to a drug library. For example, care areas which use patient controlled analgesia machines (PCAs) may include parameter fields for m dose intervals and the like. depicts an example care area screen 1600. After defining the required parameters, items, ts, etc. to add a care area and clicking a finish option such as the finish option 1694 shown in , a user may be returned to the care area screen 1600. As shown, the care area "4 West" added in the example progression of add a care area screens 1610 in FIGS. 80—86 is included in the care area list on the care area screen 1600 in . As shown, the newly added care area is shown with zero added drugs and concentrations. The newly added care area is also shown with a zero percent review ss value.
Referring now specifically to , an example drug screen 1700 is shown. A user may, in some embodiments, navigate to the drug screen 1700 by selecting the proper tab 1598. Drug screens 1700 may display a list of drugs in the drug library or a care area, an entry for a specific drug in a drug library, a comparison of a number of ent drug library entries, etc. A list of ten drugs is shown in . Other information about the drugs may also be displayed. The care areas in which the drugs are used, number of defined clinical uses for each drug, review progress, number of defined concentration s for each drug, number of requests or comments associated with each drug, etc. are also shown in . Some embodiments may y a list of the drugs and d information in a drug table 1702. A user may be able to click or select drugs from the list to view more detailed ation about the drug or edit the drug record settings.
As shown, some of the drugs in the drug table 1702 employ tall man lettering. Tall man lettering may help ensure that a user does not mistake drugs with similar names for one another. Tall man lettering may be used on s screens of a DERS editor user interface in order to minimize any possible opportunity for such confusion to occur.
The drug screen 1700 onally may include a compare drug option 1704, a copy drug option 1706, and an add drug option 1708. A user may select the compare drug option 1704 if they would like to compare settings for two or more drugs the drug library.
The comparing of various drug records will be described later in the specification. A user may select the copy drug option 1706 if they would like add a new drug by copying an existing drug. This may save time if there will be few differences in the settings for the drugs. In some embodiments, using the copy option 1706 to create a new drug may copy over all of the rule sets, concentrations, etc. from the copied drug to the new drug. In some embodiments, a user may indicate that they would not like to copy various items or parameter associated with a drug when using the copy drug option 1706 to create a new drug. If a user would like to create a new drug without copying an existing drug, a user may click the add a drug option 1708. id="p-687" id="p-687"
id="p-687"
[00687] The progression of FIGS. 89—98 depicts a number of example screens which may be used to add a drug record to a care area using the DERS editor user interface. In other ments, the screens or process of adding a drug record to a care area may .
In some embodiments, the items, parameters, elements, etc. which may need to be defined when adding a drug may differ. In some embodiments, the example screens may be ed as part of an add a drug wizard.
Adding a drug to a care area may involve specifying a number of different parameters, elements, items, etc. When adding a drug, a user may specify a drug name for the drug. This name may be chosen from a master list provided by a DERS editor service. A user may also y a drug type or category for the drug. A user may also specify care areas or care groups to which the drug will be added. A user may also be required to specify a number of parameters for the drug which may relate to its administration (e. g. administration route, whether the drug may administered with a secondary infusion, etc.). A user may also specify various Rule Sets and Concentration Records for the drug. In other embodiments, adding a drug may differ and may e specifying different or additional parameters, elements, items, etc. Once the drug is added, the drug and all specified information for the drug may be saved in the DERS database. s an e add a drug screen 1710 which may be one of many add a drug screens 1710 which may need to be filled out when adding a drug to the drug library. The example add a drug screen 1710 shown in includes a drug name parameter field 1712. The drug name parameter field 1712 may be used to define the name of the new drug which is to be added to the drug library. In some embodiments, including that shown in , a user may type a drug name into the drug name ter field 1712. The drug name parameter field 1712 may suggest a list of drug names to the user based on the text typed in. As shown in , a user has typed in the letter "D" which has caused a list of drugs beginning with the letter "D" to be yed on the user interface. In some embodiments, if a drug already in the drug library is displayed in the list, the drug may be displayed with an indicia 1714 to that effect. In the e embodiment shown in , the indicia 1714 includes the words "in library" to indicate that the drug "Dobutamine" is already in the drug library. shows another view of the add a drug screen 1710 shown in .
As shown, the user has typed the letters "DOP" into the drug name ter field 1712. In the example embodiment, these letters are sufficient to narrow the number of drug possibilities to a single drug, "Dopamine." In some embodiments, a user may select the drug by ng on the desired drug in the list of drugs. The user may also finish typing out the full drug name into the drug name parameter field 1712 if desired.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add a drug screen 1710 shown in FIGS. 89 and 90, a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add a drug screen 1710 shown in FIGS. 89 and 90 may progress a user to another add a drug screen 1710 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, the next option 1716 on FIGS. 89 and 90 may progress a user to the add a drug screen 1710 shown in . The add a drug screen 1710 shown in includes a number of parameter fields which may be used to define various drug details/settings for the drug. In other embodiments, an add a drug screen 1710 for these settings may include different parameter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in .
As shown, includes a drug name parameter field 1720. The drug name parameter field 1720 may be automatically populated with the drug name specified on a previous add a drug screen such as the add a drug screen 1710 shown in FIGS. 89 and 90.
In some embodiments, an add a drug screen 1710 such as the one shown in FIGS. 89 and 90 may not be included. The drug name may d be defined by populating a drug name parameter field 1720 such as the one shown in .
] An other names parameter field 1722 may also be included in some embodiments. In some embodiments, this field may be automatically populated with other names or aliases for the drug defined in the drug name parameter field 1720. In some ments, the other names parameter field 1722 may not be automatically populated and the user may define any other names for the drug. In embodiments where the other names parameter field 1722 is automatically populated, a user may be able to add additional other names. For e, a user may want to add Oxytyramine and n in addition to the name Intropin which has already been added in . A user may be able to search for the drug when programming the pump using either the name defined in field 1720 or any of the other names defined in the other name parameter field 1722.
] A drug name to be displayed on deVice parameter field 1724 is also included in the example embodiment depicted in . In this field a user may define the name for the drug that they would like displayed on a medical deVice which is administering the drug.
In some embodiments, the drug name to be displayed on deVice parameter field 1724 may be automatically populated with the drug name d in field 1720. If a user would like to use a different name they may enter the desired name in field 1724. In some embodiments, a user may not be able to enter a name which is not defined in either field 1720 or 1722.
A drug category parameter field 1726 is also included on the add a drug screen 1710 shown in . A user may define a category which the drug belongs to in this field. In some embodiments the user may choose a category from list of drug categories.
The list of drug categories may be a drop down list which is displayed when a user clicks on the drug category parameter field 1726. Such a list may help to ensure consistency if multiple users are able to add drugs to a drug library.
An AHFS classification parameter field 1728 may also be included in some embodiments. In other embodiments, a classification parameter field need not use the AHFS classification scheme. A user may define the AHFS classification for the drug in the AHFS classification parameter field 1728. In some ments, this field may be automatically populated based on the drug name defined in field 1720.
The add a drug screen 1710 shown in also includes an incompatible tions parameter field 1730. In some ments, this field may be automatically populated based on the drug name defined in field 1720. In some embodiments a user may type in any medications which are incompatible with the drug being added to the drug library. In some embodiments, the user interface may display a list of drug names based on the letters which a user has typed. This may be similar to the description of how a user may populate the drug name parameter field 1712 shown in FIGS. 89 and 90.
In some embodiments, a high alert or high risk medication parameter field 1732 may also be ed. The high risk medication parameter field 1732 may be used to define whether or not a drug should be categorized as a high risk drug in the drug library. It may be desirable to categorize a drug as such if the potential for an adverse effect is high when the drug is administered in an opriate fashion. If a drug is defined as high risk, the drug may, in some embodiments, be subject to stricter limits, a second reView of medical deVice programming before the drug can be administered, and/or may be displayed on a medical deVice user interface with an indicia marking the drug as high risk.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add a drug screen 1710 shown in , a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add a drug screen 1710 shown in may progress a user to another add a drug screen 1710 with onal parameter fields to be d. In some embodiments, the next option 1716 on may progress a user to the add a drug screen 1710 shown in . The add a drug screen 1710 shown in includes a list of care areas which the drug may be made available to.
As shown, the add a drug screen 1710 shown in includes a care area list 1740. A user may select any number of desired care areas from the care areas list 1740 for which the drug will be added to. In some embodiments, a user may also have the option to add the drug to a care group. In the example embodiment shown in , a user has indicated that the drug is to be added to the care area "4 West". In some embodiments, including that shown in , a user may select care areas from the care areas list 1740 by toggling radio s on or off, checking or unchecking checkboxes, clicking care area names, etc.
Once a user has finished choosing care areas in the add a drug screen 1710 shown in , a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add a care area screen 1710 shown in may ss a user to another add a drug screen 1710 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, the next option 1716 on may progress a user to a confirmation screen (not shown) which asks the user to confirm the drug should be added to the drug library. In the e embodiment, the next option 1716 on may ss a user to a drug added screen such as the drug added screen 1750 shown in . The drug added screen 1750 shown in includes a confirmation message 1752 indicating that the drug was successfully added to the drug library and selected care areas. The drug added screen may include a number of links 1754 which may allow a user to define additional parameters for the drug such as clinical uses and concentrations. In some embodiments, a drug added screen 1750 may include a back option 1756. A user may use the back option 1756 to correct any errors made when defining any of the parameters, items, elements, etc. in FIGS. 89—92. An "OK" option 1758 may also be included. A user may use the "OK" option 1758 to acknowledge that the drug has been added to the drug library and the selected care areas.
In some ments, a user may also enter in at least one rule set (e.g. clinical use record) and/or concentration for a drug when adding a new drug. In some embodiments, clicking the "OK" option 1758 in may cause the user ace to display an add clinical use screen similar to the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in . In other embodiments, a drug added screen such as the drug added screen 1750 shown in may not be included. FIGS. 94—98 depict an example ssion of screens which may be displayed to add a clinical use and concentration to a drug. s an example embodiment of an add clinical use screen 1760.
As shown, the add clinical use screen 1760 in includes a number of ter fields which may be used to define general settings for the clinical use. A clinical use name parameter field 1762 is included in . This field may be used to define a al use for the drug. Clinical uses may include, among others, weight based, BSA based, non— weight based, central line, peripheral line, etc. A display order parameter field 1764 is also shown in . The display order parameter field 1764 may be used to define in what order the clinical use will appear on the user interface of a medical deVice when a user is programming a therapy. The add clinical use screen 1760 in also includes an infusion type parameter field 1766. This field may be used to define the type of the infusion which will be delivered by the medical deVice. Infusion types may include, but are not limited to, loading dose, primary, secondary, relay, continuous, bolus, etc. Some embodiments may also include a device parameter field 1768. This field may be used to define the types of medical devices to which the clinical use being added is available.
] Some embodiments may include a general notes parameter field 1770, clinical advisory summary parameter field 1772, and detailed al advisory parameter field 1774. The general notes parameter field 1770 may be used to type in general notes about the clinical use. In some embodiments, anything entered in this field may not appear on a medical device or a user may have to use an option on a medical device user interface to view what is entered in this field. This field may be viewable by DERS editor users when reviewing the drug y. The field may, for e be used to post links, documents, s, etc. providing information on the al usage being defined.
An advisory summary parameter field 1772 may be used to display a clinical advisory summary. The clinical advisory summary may be a short text version of the ed clinical advisory which is entered into the detailed al advisory parameter field 1774. These fields may be displayed on a medical device during programming of a therapy.
In some embodiments, a user may not define clinical advisories when adding a clinical use to a drug. Clinical advisories may instead be added by navigating to a clinical advisories list on a DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, a user may include images, links, documents etc. as part of a clinical advisory.
One or more parameters which may be defined on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in may determine which parameters will be displayed in subsequent s. For example, if a user defines the clinical use is for a drug which is delivered as a secondary infusion, it may require the definition of ters which may only relate to and are only appropriate for secondary infusions. Subsequent add clinical use s 1760 may then include these parameter fields. id="p-707" id="p-707"
id="p-707"
[00707] Once a user has finished defining ters in the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in , a user may user a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in may progress a user to another add a clinical use screen 1760 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, the next option 1716 on may ss a user to the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in . The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in includes a number of groups of parameter fields which may be used to further define information about the clinical use.
The groups of parameter fields may include a general settings group, and therapy settings group, and a group of settings for the infusion type ied in the infusion type parameter field 1766 in . In some embodiments, each group of parameter fields may be displayed on a different add clinical use screen 1760. Some embodiments may include different parameter fields or a ent number of ter fields than those shown in .
The group of general settings parameter fields shown in includes a can be run with secondary parameter field 1780, second review required parameter filed 1782, and VTBI zero handling for primary infusions parameter field 1784. The can be run with secondary parameter field 1780 may be used to define if the clinical use allows the drug to be delivered with a secondary infusion. The second review required parameter field 1782 may be used to define if the clinical use requires a second review before a drug may be administered. In some embodiments, a user may be able to further define if the second review can be performed by the same user or if it is required that a second individual review the programmed therapy before it may be stered.
The VTBI zero handling for primary infusions ter field 1784 may be used to define how a l device should behave when the programmed VTBI has been fully delivered. This field may, in some embodiments, default to KVO. In some embodiments, a user may be able to define if an alert is issued and if so what type of alert is issued when the VTBI has d zero. A number of other possible behaviors may also be specified. id="p-710" id="p-710"
id="p-710"
[00710] The example add al use screen 1760 shown in includes an alert near end of therapy parameter field 1786 and alert proximity to end of y parameter field 1788 in the group of therapy settings parameters. The alert near end of therapy ter field 1786 may be used to define if a medical device will issue an alert when the therapy is nearing its end. The alert proximity to end of therapy parameter field 1788 may be used to define the proximity of an issued alert to the end of the therapy. In some embodiments this field may not be defined if a user has specified an alert is not be generated in the alert near end of therapy parameter field 1786. A user may define the alert proximity in time or volume remaining in various embodiments. In some embodiments a user may additionally define a schedule on which the alert will reoccur if it has not been addressed (e. g. every 10 s).
The group of settings for the infusion type may differ depending upon the infusion type defined for the al use. In the example embodiment, the infusion type is defined as a primary continuous infusion. One parameter field for the infusion type, a dose mode parameter field 1790, is shown on . The dose mode parameter field 1790 may be used to define the units of e which will be used when programming the dosage of an infusion. These units may be English or metric in some embodiments. Additionally, in some embodiments the units defined may be volume/time, volume/weight/time, volume/BSA/time, etc.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in , a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in may progress a user to another add a clinical use screen 1760 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1716 on may progress a user to the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in . The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in es a number of groups of parameter fields which may be used to further define information about the clinical use. The groups of parameter fields may include additional parameter fields which are conditional on the type of infusion defined for the clinical use. In some embodiments, each group of parameter fields may be displayed on a different add clinical use screen 1760.
Some embodiments may include different parameter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in .
] In some ments, a default dose rate parameter field 1800 may be included on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in . This field may be used to define a default does rate for the al use. In some embodiments, this field may not be included for certain drugs. This field may automatically update to re?ect the units of measure defined in the dose rate parameter field 1790 shown in .
] The example add clinical use screen 1760 shown in also es a number of parameter fields which may be used to define dose rate limits. In the example embodiment, a dose rate high hard limit parameter field 1802, a dose rate high soft limit parameter field 1804, a dose rate low soft limit parameter field 1806, and a dose rate low hard limit parameter field 1808 are shown. The dose rate high hard limit parameter field 1802 and dose rate high soft limit ter field 1804 may be used to define the high limits for dose rates which may be entered during mming of a medical deVice. The dose rate low soft limit parameter field 1806 and the dose rate low hard limit parameter field 1808 may be used to define the low limits for dose rates which may be entered during programming of a medical deVice. These limits may help to ensure that correct and safe information is programmed into a medical deVice.
The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in also includes a dose titration increase hard limit parameter field 1810. In some embodiments, onal dose titration limit parameter fields may be included. For example some embodiments may include a dose titration se soft limit parameter field (not shown). Dose titration interval limit parameter fields may also be included to define a minimum time limit between titrations. A user may use the dose titration increase hard limit parameter field 1810 to define a maximum amount that a user may e a dose of medication. In some embodiments, this limit may be defined as a percentage of the original dose.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in , a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in may progress a user to another add a clinical use screen 1760 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1716 on may progress a user to the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in . The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in includes a number of groups of parameter fields which may be used to further define information about the clinical use. The groups of ter fields may include a bolus settings parameter group and a g dose parameter group. In some ments, each group of parameter fields may be displayed on a different add clinical use screen 1760. Some embodiments may include different parameter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in .
In the example embodiment shown in the bolus gs parameter group includes an is bolus allowed parameter field 1820. This field may be used to determine if a user may deliver a bolus when administering a therapy using the clinical use.
In some embodiments, there may be additional bolus settings parameters. For example, parameter fields may be included for bolus hard and soft limits in some ments.
In the example add clinical use screen 1760 shown in , the loading dose parameters group includes a g dose allowed parameter field 1822 and a loading dose settings parameter field 1824. The loading dose allowed parameter field 1822 may be used to define r or not a loading dose may be administered when using the clinical use. The loading dose settings parameter field 1824 may be used to define various settings for loading doses if a loading dose is allowed. In some embodiments, the loading dose settings ter field 1824 may instead be a number of parameter . Such fields may, for example, include parameter fields for parameters 7.01—7. 18 of Table 9.
Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in , a user may use a next option 1716. The next option 1716 on the add clinical use screen 1760 shown in may progress a user to another add a clinical use screen 1760 with additional ter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1716 on may progress a user to a confirmation screen (not shown) which prompts the user to m that the clinical use should be added. In some embodiments, clicking the next option 1716 on may progress a user to an add concentration screen such as the add concentration screen 1830 shown in . The add concentration screen 1830 shown in includes a number of groups of parameter fields which may be used to define information about a drug concentration. Some embodiments may include ent ter fields or a different number of parameter fields than those shown in .
In the example ment shown in , a group of general concentration parameters are included. As shown, this group of parameters includes an allow operator change parameter field 1832 and a display format parameter field 1834. The allow operate change parameter field 1832 may allow an operator to change the concentration defined in the concentration record when programming the medical device.
The display format parameter field 1834 may be used to define how the concentration will be displayed on the user interface of a medical device. A user may for example choose to display the tration as an amount/diluent volume, or as a concentration (e. g. percentage of drug in diluents).
A group of parameter fields which may be used to define the concentration are also shown in . As shown, a drug amount in container parameter field 1836 is ed. This field may be used to define the amount of a drug in a container. In some ments a user may define a numeric value and a unit of measure to define this parameter field. A container volume parameter field 1838 is also included in the example embodiment. This field may be used to define the volume of the container in which the drug will be held. In some embodiments, the user may define both a numeric value and unit of measure for this parameter field. Some embodiments may include a default VTBI parameter field 1840. This field may be used to define a t VTBI which may be used when a user programs a medical device using the concentration record. Some embodiments may not include this field. also includes a concentration parameter field 1842. In some embodiments this field may be automatically populated when ient information has been entered in other fields. This field may be used to define the concentration of the drug for the tration record which is to be added.
] Once a user has finished defining parameters in the add concentration screen 1830 shown in , a user may use a next option. Clicking the next option may progress a user to another add concentration screen 1830 with additional parameter fields to be defined. In some embodiments, such as the embodiment in , a next option may not be included on the add concentration screen 1830. In such embodiments, a finish option 1844 may be included on the add concentration 1830 screen. Clicking the finish option in may add the concentration to the drug library. id="p-723" id="p-723"
id="p-723"
[00723] depicts an example embodiment of a drug screen 1700. The drug, clinical use, and tration added to the drug library in the example progression of FIGS. 89—98 are included in the drug list 1702 shown in . In some ments, a user may be returned to a drug screen 1700 after a user has finished adding or modifying a drug, clinical use, or a concentration to the drug library. In such embodiments, when the user is returned to the drug screen 1700 the drug record which was added or modified may be highlighted and shown with a detailed view.
FIGS. 100—104 depict a number of alternate examples of add clinical use screens 1760 which may be displayed on a DERS editor user ace. The alternate examples of add clinical use screens 1760 shown in FIGS. 100—104 are similar to those shown in FIGS. 94—97. The add clinical use screens 1760 shown in FIGS. 100—104 are organized similarly to and include many of the same parameter fields as those displayed in FIGS. 94—97. The example add clinical use screens 1760 shown in FIGS. 100—104 include a number of additional example parameter fields which may be used to define a clinical use. 0 includes a medication route parameter field 1850. This field may be used to define the medication route to be used for a specific al use. Possible tion routes may include, but are not limited to intravenous, subcutaneous, enteral, gastro—intestinal, intrathecal, al, arterial, intramuscular, eritoneal, intraosseous, etc. A medication site parameter field 1850 is also included in the example embodiment in 0. This field may be used to define, for example, the on site which is to be used with the clinical use. A delivery method ter field 1854 is also shown in 0. This field may be used to define the delivery method for the clinical use. Delivery methods may e, but are not limited to, infusion, patient controlled infusion, oral administration, etc.
FIGS. 100—103, also include a finish later option 1858. A user may be able to use this option to finish adding the al use at a later time. This may be ble, if for example, a user has a on or would like to research what an appropriated value for a parameter may be. Additionally, this option may be useful if a user does not have enough time to finish defining all of the parameters for a al use at the current time. If a user uses the finish later option any ss made up to that point may be saved. Other DERS editor screens, for example add a care areas screens, may also include such an option as well.
The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in 1 includes a VTBI handling for secondary infusion parameter field 1860. This field may be used to define how medical devices behave when the full programmed volume of a secondary infusion being administered by a medical device has been delivered. For example, a user may specify that the medical device delivering the y infusion resumes the primary infusion and issues a notification to this effect. id="p-728" id="p-728"
id="p-728"
[00728] The add clinical use screen 1760 shown in 3 includes a dose titration increase soft limit parameter field 1870. This field may be used to define a soft limit for dose titration increases. This field may be defined as a tage of the original dose in some embodiments.
The example embodiment shown in 4 es a loading dose secondary parameter field 1880. This field may be used to define various parameters for a loading dose which is administered as part of the clinical use. In some embodiments, there may be a number of parameters fields instead of a single secondary loading dose parameter field 1880. These fields may be used to define various parameters such as parameters 7.01— 7.18 of Table 9. id="p-730" id="p-730"
id="p-730"
[00730] A group of other parameter fields is also included in 4. A KVO value parameter field 1884 is included in this group in the example embodiment. This field may be used to define a KVO value for the clinical use. An air infusion limit parameter field 1886 is also included in 4. This field may be used to define the ivity for an air— in—line alert or alarm. In some embodiments, a user may define a volume/time when defining the air infusion limit ter field 1886. A number of occlusion re—starts parameter field 1888 is also shown in 4. This field may be used to define the number of re—starts a medical device will attempt before issuing an occlusion alert or alarm. 5 depicts an example view of a drug screen 1700. As mentioned above, in reference to , a user may be able to click a drug in a drug list 1702 on the drug screen 1700 to view more detailed information about the drug. Drugs in a drug list 1702 may, for example, be able. If a drug is clicked, a detailed st 1890 for the specific drug may be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, this detailed sub list 1890 may appear in a modal window as shown in 5. In other embodiments, drugs in the drug list may be expandable. Clicking a drug may cause the drug to expand and a number of rows containing the detailed sub list 1890 for the drug may be displayed beneath the specific drug in the drug table 1702 (see, for example, 9). In such ments, the detailed sub list 1890 may be yed on the DERS user interface in a manner which makes it clear that the detailed sub list 1890 is associated with the ic drug selected by the user. In some embodiments, a user may have a number of ed sub lists 1890 for different drugs open or in expanded state at the same time.
A detailed sub list 1890 for a drug may in some embodiments at least include a row for each care area the drug has been added to. A row may also be included for each clinical use and concentration of the drug in each care area. In some embodiments a row may be added in the detailed sub list 1890 which provides quick links for a user to add the drug to a care area, add a clinical use for the drug, or add a concentration for the drug. In other embodiments, the detailed sub list 1890 may differ. id="p-733" id="p-733"
id="p-733"
[00733] If desired a user may be able to click a row in the detailed sub list 1890 in order to display and/or edit the various parameters defined for the drug, clinical use, or concentration selected. This may, in some embodiments, cause a detailed drug library entry screen, such as the ed drug y entry screen 1900 shown in 6, to be yed on the DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, a user may be able to copy a drug, clinical use, or concentration entry in the drug library by selecting a row in the detailed sub list 1890 and clicking a copy option (not shown in 5). In some embodiments, a user may be able to select multiple entries in a detailed sub list 1890 or may be able to select multiple entries in a number of detailed sub lists 1890 and compare the d parameters of the selected entries. The DERS editor user interface may display the comparison in a side—by—side manner. 6 depicts an example drug library entry screen 1900. Such a screen may display a list of defined items, elements, parameters, etc. associated with a selected drug library entry. A drug library entry screen 1900 may include a drug library entry identifier 1902. The drug library entry identifier 1902 may identify the drug library entry being displayed. The drug library entry identifier 1902 may, for example, be a care area name, or drug name. In some ments, the drug library entry identifier 1902 may identify a hierarchy to which the drug library entry belongs. For instance, a drug library entry for a al use may be identified by a drug library identifier including the drug name, care area, and clinical use name. In the example embodiment, the drug library entry identifier 1902 identifies the drug name, "Acyclovir", the care area, "Surgery", and the clinical use name eight Based".
A progress summary 1904 may also be included on the detailed drug library entry screen 1900 for a drug library entry. The progress summary 1904 may in some embodiments, indicate how many parameter fields have been completed, how many parameter fields remain to be completed, how many fields are associated with an update request or other feedback, how many fields require a user’s review, etc.
A drug library entry screen 1900 may also show an entry parameters list 1906. An entry parameters list 1906 may show a list of all defined parameters, ts, items, etc. ated with the drug library entry. The entry ters list 1906 may be divided into a number of expandable groups to limit the amount of information shown on the user interface at one time. The groups may be expanded to show d parameter values which fall into that group. For example, a general gs group has been expanded in the example ment shown in 6. Groups may be expanded by a click, double click, or any other le action. In some embodiments, a user may be able to edit various parameters, items, or elements, by clicking a parameter in the entry parameters list 1906. In some ments, a notification 1908 may be included in association with each group or ter in the entry parameters list 1906. In the example embodiment shown in 6, a notification 1908 indicating the number of empty parameter fields in each group is displayed. In other embodiments, a notification 1908 may indicate the number of parameters in a group needing review or the number of parameters in a group which are associated with an update or change request. If the entry parameters list 1906 is too large to be displayed on a user interface for the DERS editor, only a portion of the list may be displayed on the user interface and a scroll bar or the like may be included to allow a user to view the other information when and if desired.
A number of buttons, links, options, or the like may also be included on a drug library entry screen 1900. The example drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 6 includes a save changes option 1910, a copy option 1912, and a delete option 1914.
These options are ed as virtual buttons in the example ment in 6, but need not be s in all embodiments. If a user makes changes to any parameters, items, elements, etc. in a entry parameters list 1906, a user may use the save changes option 1910 to save the changes. In some ments, a save changes option 1910 may be ed until a user has changed the drug library entry in some way. The copy option 1912 may be used to copy the drug library entry and create a new drug library entry using the defined, parameters, items, elements, etc. of the old drug library entry. The delete drug library option 1914 may be used to delete the drug library entry in some embodiments. A back option 1916 or button may also be included in some embodiments. This option may return a user to a drug screen such as the drug screen 1700 shown in 5.
In some embodiments, a drug library entry screen 1900 may include subordinate or child tabs 1918 which may be used to view child drug library entries. For example, if the drug library entry screen 1900 is displaying information for a clinical use of a drug in a ular care area, child tabs 1918 for any concentration records defined for the clinical use may be included. The example embodiment shown in 6 includes one child tab 1918 for a concentration . 7 depicts an example of a drug screen 1700 where a detailed sub list 1890 for a drug is displayed. The drug screen 1700 and detailed sub list 1890 shown in 107 are the same as those shown in 5. As shown, a number of rows in the detailed sub list 1890 have been selected. A user may select these various rows by, for example, checking or unchecking checkboxes for each row. Once at least two rows have been selected, a compare function may be enabled. In the example embodiment, a compare option 1920 becomes enabled on the user interface after at least two rows have been selected. A user may use the compare option 1920 to compare the selected drug library entries. 8 depicts a drug library entry comparison screen 1930 in which two drug library entries are being compared. The drug library s being compared in 8 are those selected in 7. In the example embodiment shown in 8, the two drug library s are displayed on the user interface in a side—by—side manner. In other embodiments, the user interface may display the compared drug entries in any other suitable way. As shown, the ed drug library entries may be yed using entry parameter lists 1932 for the compared drug library entries which are similar to the entry parameter list 1906 shown and described in 6.
Some embodiments may allow a user to edit one of the compared drug library entries. In the example embodiment, an edit option 1934 is ed and may be used if it desired to edit an item, parameter, element, etc. associated with one of the compared drug library entries. In some embodiments, using an edit option 1934 may cause a drug library entry screen similar to the drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 6 to be generated for the selected drug library entry. In some embodiments, the drug library entry may be edited while the drug y entry comparison screen 1930 is still displayed on the user interface. A back option 1916 or back button may also be ed on a drug library entry comparison screen 1930 in some ments. The back option 1916 or button may be used by a user to return to the drug screen 1700. 9 depicts another example drug screen 1700 in which a detailed sub list 1890 for a drug is displayed. The detailed sub list 1890 shown in 9 is different from that depicted in 5 or 7. As shown, the detailed sub list 1890 shown in 9 is shown as a list, but also is connected together as a hierarchical tree.
Additionally, the detailed sub list 1890 includes a column which identifies the deVice type for each row. In the example embodiment this column uses skeuomorphic indicia 1940 to te the deVice type. Where suitable, skeuomorphic a may be used on the DERS editor user interface to y information while conserving screen space. The orphic indicia used in 9 include a syringe icon to indicate a e pump and a solution bag to indicate an LVP pump. As shown in 9, three rows of the detailed sub list 1890 have been selected. The compare option 1920 on the drug screen 1700 is consequentially enabled. id="p-743" id="p-743"
id="p-743"
[00743] 0 depicts a drug library entry comparison screen 1930 in which three drug library entries are compared. The drug y entry comparison screen 1930 shown in 0 differs from that shown in 8. As shown, the ed drug library entries are shown in a side—by—side manner. In the example embodiment, the parameters for the drug library entries are displayed in a comparison table 1950. As shown, the rows of the comparison table 1950 may be identified by parameter field names. The columns of the comparison table 1950 may be identified by the drug library entries being compared. The comparison table 1950 may be populated with the parameter field values for the parameter fields of each drug library entry. In some embodiments, rows of the comparison table 1950 in which differences between the defined ter values for the compared drug library entries exist may be highlighted or otherwise visually marked or indicated.
In embodiments of drug y entry comparison screens 1930 which display a comparison of drug entries using a comparison table 1950, a user may be able to hide or expand various portions of the comparison table 1950. In some embodiments, the comparison table 1950 displayed may display child drug library entries or parent drug library entries as hidden content of the table which may be expanded if desired. As shown in the example comparison table in 0, the clinical use drug library entries (parent drug library entries) are shown as hidden content. A user may use an expand/hide option 1952 associated with the shown or hidden content to toggle the content between a shown or hidden state on the DERS editor user interface.
] In some embodiments, the drug library entry comparison screen 1930 shown in 0 may include a differences only option 1954. The ence only option 1954 may used to hide parameters in a drug entry comparison for which there are no differences between the compared drugs s. A back option 1916 or button may also be included.
The back option 1916 or button may be used by a user to return to the drug screen 1700. 1 s an e embodiment of a drug library entry comparison screen 1930 in which only parameters where there are different defined values between the compared drug library entries are shown in the comparison. 1 depicts an e of how the drug comparison table 1950 in 0 would look if a user were to use the differences only option 1954 shown in 0. As shown, the drug comparison table 1950 in 1 only includes rows of the drug comparison table 1950 in 0 where all of the parameter values are not the same.
In some embodiments, when the drug library entry comparison screen 1930 is displaying a differences only comparison, a differences only option 1954 (see 0) may not be displayed. In some embodiments, the differences only option 1954 may be replaced with, for e, view full comparison option (not shown) which, when used, causes the full comparison to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface.
In some embodiments, the DERS editor may include a medical device mming simulator. This simulator may provide a user with a virtual simulation of a l device user interface. In some embodiments, a user may be able to choose n a number of possible medical device user interfaces they would like to simulate. For example, a user may choose to simulate the user interface of a type of syringe pump or a type of large volume pump. The simulator may allow a user to simulate manual button presses, finger input on a touch screen, switch toggling, etc. using a mouse.
The medical device programming simulator may allow DERS editor users to view how a drug library entry would look on a medical device if the entry were to be included in a DAL file released to the device. This may be desirable in situations where the user editing the drug library does not commonly use a medical device which they are designing a drug library for. onally, the medical device programming tor may allow a user to dry run the drug y on a virtual device before releasing a DAL file for the drug library to that device. The medical device programming simulator may also be used during the review of drug library entries. This may be helpful in cases where a reviewing user is a nurse, for example, and frequently uses the device being simulated.
FIGS. 112—114 depict a number of example medical device programming simulator screens 1960. A user may navigate to a medical device programming simulator screen 1960 by clicking the proper tab 1598 on the DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, the user may then select a device type to simulate. The DERS editor may then display a medical device programming simulator screen 1960 with the home screen, main menu, etc. of the simulated device. The example medical device programming simulator screen 1960 shown in 2 s a user programming a clinical use for a therapy using the drug acyclovir. The example medical device programming tor screen 1960 shown in 3 depicts a user programming a dose, rate, VTBI, and time for a dopamine infusion on a simulated infusion pump user interface. 4 shows another e of a medical device programming simulator screen 1960 in which a user is searching for a drug in a drug list on a simulated medical device user interface.
] As mentioned above in relation to , the medical device programming simulator may be context sensitive. When a user tes to the medical device programming simulator from another DERS editor screen, the medical device programming simulator may tically open to a specific medical device programming simulator screen 1960 which is relevant to that DERS editor . For example, if a user were to open the l device programming simulator from the drug screen 1700 shown in 109, the medical device programming simulator may open to the medical device programming simulator screen 1960 depicted in 3.
FIGS. 115—131 depict a number of example CQI screens 1970. A user may te to a CQI screen 1970 by clicking the proper tab 1598 on the DERS editor user interface. CQI s 1970 may allow a user to view various CQI data that may be useful or of interest. This data may, for example, be used when revising a DAL file. The data may help to identify where room for ement exists and bring attention to items, parameters, elements, etc. that may need to be changed. Additionally, access to CQI data through the DERS editor user interface provides a wealth of other benefits. For instance, a user may link to specific CQI data to provide t for an update or change request. The data may also be used to determine why and how an adverse event may have occurred and what may be done to prevent similar events in the future.
CQI s 1970 may display CQI data and information to a user in any of a various number of CQI reports. The reports may be user selectable and modifiable. In some embodiments, CQI reports may be displayed in summary report form. A user may be able to drill down and/or filter data to view more detailed CQI reports. In some embodiments, users may be able to view data as specific as individual therapy data. Graphs, charts, and other visual aids may be used on various CQI screens 1970. In some embodiments, a user may be able to toggle how data is presented (e. g. trend data over a time period v. totals for the time period). In some embodiments, various CQI reports may include a visual which is accompanied by additional textual report details. In such embodiments, the visual may serve as a hot" which quickly conveys important aspects of a report in an easily comprehensible way. In some embodiments, a user may be able to click, double click, etc. elements in a CQI report chart, graph, table, etc. to drill down on various s of the CQI report. Based on the report type selected, filters applied, drill downs requested, etc., the DERS editor service may query a CQI database such as database 106 in for the appropriate information. This information may then be rendered by a web tier into the proper/requested report format. The report may then be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. CQI screens 1970 may also include links, buttons, options, utilities, or the like which may allow a user to save, print, export, link to, load, etc. desired CQI reports.
As shown in 5, a CQI screen 1970 may include a report type indicator 1974. The report type indicator 1974 may specify the type of report (e. g. compliance report, drug report, infusion , etc.) which is being displayed. In 5, the report type indicator 1974 reads "Compliance Report". In some ments, a user may be able to click the report type indicator 1974 to y a different type of report on the CQI screen 1970.
In some embodiments and/or for some CQI reports, a filter utility 1976 may be displayed on the CQI screen 1970. In the example embodiment shown in 5, a filter utility 1976 is included on the CQI screen 1970. The filter utility 1976 may be used to refine or drill down on what data is displayed in the CQI report. A filter utility 1976 may e a user with a number of predefined filtering categories of filters which may be applied to CQI data. In some embodiments, various filtering categories shown in a filter y 1976 may be expandable. In an expanded state, the filtering categories include the category name and a number of possible individual filters within that category that a user may apply. A care area filter category, for example, may be expanded to show a list of care areas for which CQI data is available. A user may then indicate which care areas they would like the CQI report to include data from to apply a care area based data filter to the CQI report. Filter ries may be caused to be displayed in the expanded state by any suitable user input. In the example embodiment clickable expand icons 1980 may be clicked to cause the category to be displayed in an expanded state. id="p-756" id="p-756"
id="p-756"
[00756] A user may be able to filter based on data produced by specific levels of an institution/organization’s organizational hierarchy. In the example embodiment shown in , a user may use the filter utility 1976 to filter CQI data displayed in the report by region, facility/institution, care area, etc. A user may be able to filter based on data produced by ic groups of medical devices. In the e embodiment shown in 115, a user may be able to filter report data based on the device type (e. g. syringe pump, LVP, PCA, etc.). A user may also use the filter utility 1976 in 5 to filter report data by DAL version running on a l device. In some embodiments, a user may be able to filter report data based on date. In the example embodiment shown in 5, a user may filter CQI report data using the filter utility 1976 based on a date range which may be defined by the user.
In some embodiments, a user may also have the option of defining and applying ized filters to CQI report data. In various ments, a user may want to apply a custom filter based on a specific drug, specific medical device, or a specific care giver or clinician. In some embodiments, a user may apply a custom filter based on other criteria. For e, a user may apply a custom filter to filter CQI data for ons where a soft limit override occurred during programming. In the example embodiment shown in , a custom filter may be defined and applied using a search bar 1978 in the filter utility 1976. In some embodiments, if a user enters a search query into the search bar 1978, a results list (not shown) of possible filtering options may be displayed on the CQI screen 1970. In some embodiments, the results list may appear in a modal window displayed over the CQI screen 1970. In such embodiments, a user may select one or a number of filtering criteria from the results list to apply the filter. A filter identifier (not shown) identifying the applied filter may be displayed in the filter utility 1976 to te that the filter has been d to CQI data displayed in the CQI report.
In some embodiments and/or for some CQI reports a number of links, buttons, options, or ies may be displayed on the CQI screen 1970. In the example shown in 5, a print utility 1982, a link utility 1984, an export utility 1986, and a save utility 1988 are included. The print utility 1982 may be used to print a hard copy of the displayed CQI report. The link utility 1984 may be used to te a link to the CQI report.
The export utility 1986 may be used to export CQI data from a CQI report for use in another program or analysis tool. The save utility 1988 may be used to save a copy of the displayed CQI report for later viewing. id="p-759" id="p-759"
id="p-759"
[00759] 5 depicts an e CQI screen 1970 in which a compliance report 1972 is displayed. A compliance report 1972 may e a user with CQI data and information which relates to compliance of therapies to s, limits, etc. defined in a DAL file. A compliance report 1972 may display CQI data in any suitable fashion or number of different fashions (e. g. chart, graph, table, diagram, etc.). The compliance report 1972, shown in 5, shows an overall summary of compliance for a number of institutions.
Such a compliance report 1972 may be ted for an IDN for example.
As shown, the specific compliance report depicted in 5 includes a compliance chart 1990 which shows compliance totals for a time period selected in the filter utility 1972. The compliance chart 1990 is a pie chart in the example embodiment. The compliance chart 1990 includes a title 1992 which identifies what is being displayed by the chart. In 5, the chart title 1992 reads "Compliance Overall: All ties, All Care Groups, Jan. 1, 2013—Feb. 1, 2013. The chart may be color coded. As shown, various segments, bars, data points, etc. of a chart or graph on a CQI report may be labeled or captioned with additional s. In the example embodiment, the compliance chart 1990 includes labels for each t of the chart that detail the data set, percentage, and number of infusions for each segment. A total number of infusions is also shown.
A data presentation adjuster 1994 is also shown in 5. A user may use the data presentation adjuster 1994 to toggle between a number of different ways data may be displayed on the CQI screen. In the example embodiment in 5 a user may toggle between the shown s" view and a "Trends" view. Other view types may also be available in other embodiments. If a user were to select the "Trends" view, the ance chart 1990 may be replaced with a compliance trend graph (not . This graph may, for example, be a line graph which graphs non—compliance and/or compliance over time.
In some embodiments a user may be able to scroll down on the user interface to view additional information. 6 depicts an example CQI screen 1970 which includes a portion of a CQI report. The CQI report data shown in 6 is shown in a tabular format. The CQI screen 1970 shown in 6 is a scrolled down view of the CQI report in 5. In some embodiments, scrolling down on a CQI report may display data shown in a chart or graph portion of a CQI report in tabular format. In some embodiments, scrolling down on a CQI report may show a more detailed breakdown of data shown in a CQI "snapshot" displayed at the top of the CQI report. This more detailed breakdown need not be shown in a r format. id="p-763" id="p-763"
id="p-763"
[00763] In the example embodiment shown in 6, a number of compliance tables 2000 are shown. The compliance tables 2000 give a more nuanced breakdown of the compliance data shown in the compliance chart 1990 in 5 . In the example in 6, as ted by the compliance table 2000 titles, the compliance tables 2000 detail compliance totals per institution and per clinicians. Other embodiments may, for example, give a breakdown by care area, drug, device type, etc. In some embodiments, a user may be able to show or hide various tables such as compliance tables 2000 by using an expand icon similar to the expand icons 1980 shown and described in relation the filter utility 1976 in .
In some embodiments, a user may be able to click, double click, etc. elements in a CQI report chart, graph, table, etc. to "drill down" on various aspects of the CQI report. For example, if a user were to click the title of the ance table 2000 for ties in 6, a user may cause a Non—Compliance by Institution CQI report such as that shown in 7 to be generated and displayed on the CQI screen 1970. If a user were to click on the Non—Compliant segment of the compliance chart 1990 shown in 115, a user may cause a Non—Compliant Infusions CQI report such as that shown in 8 to be generated and displayed on the CQI screen 1970.
Referring ically to 7, a CQI compliance report for non— ant infusions by institution is shown. The portion of the compliance report shown in 7 includes a compliance chart 1990. The compliance chart 1990 shown in 7 is a pie chart illustrating the breakdown of non—compliant infusions in various institutions.
As shown, the CQI report may also e a back option 2010 or button if the report being displayed is a drilled down version of a previous report. The back option 2010 or button may be used to return to the us report which was displayed on the CQI screen 1970. 8 depicts a non—compliance . As may be true of various embodiments, the CQI screen 1970 shown in 8 is slightly different from those shown in 5—117. The portion of the non—compliance report shown in 8 includes a compliance chart 1990. The compliance chart 1990 is a pie chart which gives a own of mpliant infusions by category of non—compliance.
] Also shown in 8 is a favorite reports list 2020. Various embodiments may include a favorite reports list 2020 on CQI screens 1970. A favorite reports list 2020 may include a list of commonly viewed CQI s. In some embodiments, a user may add desired reports to a favorite reports list 2020. Clicking a report on a favorite reports list 2020 may cause the report to be generated and displayed on the CQI screen 1970. 9 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. As shown in 9, a user may click a save utility 1988 to add the report to a favorite reports list such as the te reports list 2020 shown in 8. In some embodiments, using the save utility 1988 may prompt a user to select from a number of different options. In the example embodiment, the user is ed to choose between saving the report so that it appears on their dashboard screen and adding it to a favorite reports list. Other embodiments may include other options. 0 s an example ment of a CQI screen 1970. A save window 2030 is shown in 0. As shown, the save window 2030 is a modal window prompting a user to specify a name for the report before saving it. Save windows 2030 may differ in other embodiments. Such a window may, for example, be generated if a user uses a save utility, such as the save utility 1988 in 9, to save a report. In some embodiments, a user may be able to modify the report before saving. For example, a user may adjust the time frame for the report. In the example embodiment, a user has adjusted the time range such that filtering data used in the report being saved will be used to filter CQI data generated over the previous month when the saved report is opened. 1 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. In the example embodiment, a link window 2040 is displayed. A link window 2040 may provide a link to the current CQI report. This link may be copied by a user. The link may then be saved to allow a user to later follow the link to view the CQI report. The link may also, for example, be placed in an update or change t for a drug library entry to provide context for the request. A user may, in some embodiments, cause a link window 2040 to be displayed by clicking a link utility 1984 on a CQI screen 1970. 2 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. The example CQI screen 1970 includes a CQI report for compliance by care area. As show, the CQI report includes a compliance chart 1990. In the example embodiment, the compliance chart 1990 is a bar graph. The compliance chart 1990 shows the tage of complaint ons by care area. Additionally, the CQI report in 2 includes two compliance tables 2000. One of the compliance tables 2000 displays compliance by care area while the other displays compliance by clinicians. 3 s an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. As shown, the example CQI screen 1970 in 3 depicts a CQI report for compliance in the care area "4 West". Such a report may, for example be generated and displayed by clicking on the "4 West" bar in the compliance chart 1990 shown in 2. Such a report may also be generated and yed by using the filtering utility 1976 in 2 to filter the CQI report by the care area "4 West". The CQI report includes a compliance chart 1990. The compliance chart 1990 is a pie chart rating the percentage of compliant and non— ant infusions in 3. The CQI report shown in 3 also includes a compliance table 2000. The compliance table 2000 depicted in 3 provides a breakdown of the percentage of compliant infusions for each clinician working in the care area "4 West". 4 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. As shown, the example CQI screen 1970 shown in 4 depicts a CQI report for non—compliance in the care area "4 West". Such a CQI report may be ted and displayed, for example, by clicking the non—compliant infusion segment of the compliance chart 1990 shown in 3. As shown, the compliance report includes a compliance table 2000 which details each non—compliant on that occurred in the care area for the time range specified in the filter utility 1976. The compliance table 2000 may include data such as the date of the infusion, time the infusion was initiated, clinician name, drug, and a pump ID. In some embodiments, a user may be able to click, double click, etc. a specific infusion in the compliance table 2000 in 4 to view the infusion story for that infusion. 5 depicts an example ment of a CQI screen 1970. As mentioned above in relation to 5, a user may, in some embodiments, click a report type indicator 1974 to display a different type of report on a CQI screen 1970. In the example ment shown in 5 a wn list 2050 is displayed below the report type indicator 1974. A wn list 2050 may be displayed if a user clicks the report type indicator 1974. In the example embodiment, the dropdown list 2050 includes an infusion report selection and a drug report selection. In various embodiments, the report type selections or number of report type selections may differ. In some embodiments, a dropdown list 2050 may not be included. Report type selections may instead be displayed in another suitable manner (e. g. a window) in other embodiments. 6 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970 in which an infusion report 2060 is displayed. An infusion report 2060 may provide a user with CQI data and information which relates to events and infusions administered by medical devices.
An infusion report 2060 may y CQI data in any suitable fashion or number of different fashions (e. g. chart, graph, table, diagram, etc.). The infusion report 2060 shown in 6 shows an overall summary of ance for a number of institutions. Such an infusion report 2060 may be generated for an IDN, for example.
As shown, the specific on report 2060 depicted in 6 includes an infusions chart 2062 which shows infusion summary data for a time period selected in the filter utility 1972. The infusions chart 2062 is a bar graph in the e embodiment. The infusions chart 2062 includes a title 2064 which identifies what is being displayed by the chart. In 6, the chart title 2064 reads "Infusions by Institution: All Institutions, All Care Groups, Jan. 1, 2013—Feb. 1, 2013. The chart may be color coded. As shown, s segments, bars, data points, etc. of a chart or graph on a CQI report may be labeled or captioned with additional details. In the example embodiment the infusions chart 2062 es labels for each bar of the chart that detail the data set, number of infusions, and number of events for each bar. A total number of infusions is also shown.
In some embodiments, a user may be able to scroll down on the user interface to view additional information. 7 depicts an example CQI screen 1970 which includes a portion of a CQI report. The CQI report data shown in 7 is shown in a tabular format. The CQI screen 1970 shown in 7 is a ed down view of the CQI report in 6. In some embodiments, scrolling down on a CQI report may display data shown in a chart or graph portion of a CQI report in tabular format. In some embodiments, scrolling down on a CQI report may show a more detailed breakdown of data shown in a CQI "snapshot". This more ed breakdown need not be shown in a tabular In the example embodiment shown in 7, a number of on tables 2070 are shown. The infusion tables 2070 give a more d breakdown of the infusion data shown in the infusions chart 2062 in 6. In the example in 7, as indicated by the infusion table 2070 titles, the on tables 2070 detail infusions for each institution. Other embodiments may, for example, give a breakdown by care area, drug, clinician device type, etc. In some embodiments, the CQI report may only display a portion of an infusion table 2070. This may, for example, be desirable because it efficiently uses user interface screen real estate when there is a very large amount of information to be displayed. As shown, only ten infusions of 66,000 are shown in the infusion table 2070 for "Uni. Hospital — d". If desired a user may select a view all infusions option 2072 to view a full infusion table 2070. In other embodiments, a user may use a table scroll bar 2078 which is associated with a table to scroll through data in the table.
Some embodiments of CQI reports or CQI screens 1970 may also include a table filter utility 2074. A user may use the table filter utility to filter the data displayed in a table (e. g. compliance table 2000, infusions table 2070, etc.). This may be particularly useful in situations where the amount of data in the table is very large. In the example embodiment in 7, a user may use the table filter utility 2074 to filter infusions in the infusions table 2070 by event category. Specifically, the user may filter by alert type or alarm type.
Some embodiments of CQI reports or CQI screens 1970 may also include a compare button 2076. In such embodiments, the compare option 2076 may be used to compare a number of elements of a CQI report or may be used to compare a number of CQI reports. For example, a user may select two or more ons in an infusion table 2070 to compare using the compare option 2076. 8 and 129 depicts example embodiments of CQI screens 1970 in which a filter s window 2080 is displayed on the CQI screen 1970. The filter options window 2080 may allow a user to pick a specific filter option from a category of filter options. A filter options window may, for example, be yed if a user clicks a filtering category in a filter utility 1976 (see 5 for example) or a table filter utility 2074. 8 specifically depicts a filter options window 2080 for an alerts event category of a table filter utility 2074. 9 specifically depicts a filter options window 2080 for an alarms event category of a table filter utility 1074. In some embodiments, selecting a filter from a table filter utility 2074 may only apply the filter to a designated table. In some embodiments, selecting a filter from a table filter utility 2074 may apply the filter to all tables in the CQI report. In some embodiments, selecting a filter from a table filter utility 2074 may apply the filter to any chart, graph, etc. included with the CQI . In some embodiments, a user may be prompted to choose which parts of a CQI report a filter selected from a table filter utility 2074 will be d to. 0 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970 which es an infusions table 2070. As is true in various embodiments, the CQI screen 1970 has a different appearance than other CQI s 1970 depicted herein. As shown in 0, in some tables where individual infusions are listed, a user may be able to select an infusion from the table for which to show infusion story information. In the example embodiment shown in 0, a user may click a desired infusion to show an infusion graph 2090 of the infusion. 1 depicts an example embodiment of a CQI screen 1970. An on story report 2100 is shown in the example CQI screen 1970 shown in 1. An infusion story report 2100 may include detailed information about a specific infusion. An infusion story report 2100 may include an infusion summary table 2102. Such a table may include information such a date of the infusion, time d, time ended, duration, if the infusion was d, if the infusion was completed, patient ID, Clinician, Pump ID, DAL version, r the infusion was DERS compliant, drug, clinical use, concentration, medication route, etc.
An infusion story report 2100 may also include an on chart or graph 2104. The infusion chart or graph 2104 may illustrate the course of the infusion to a user. In the example embodiment depicted in 1, the infusion chart or graph 2104 s the dose rate delivered over time. In some embodiments, a user may be able to select specific data points or portions of an infusion chart or graph 2104 to view more detailed information (e. g. a list of relevant pump events). id="p-785" id="p-785"
id="p-785"
[00785] A data presentation adjuster 1994 is also shown in 1. A user may use the data presentation adjuster 1994 to toggle between a number of different ways data may be displayed on the CQI screen 1970. In the example embodiment in 1, a user may toggle between the shown "Chart" view and a "Table" view. Other view types may also be available in other embodiments. If a user were to select the "Table" view, the infusion chart or graph 2104 may be replaced with a table of infusion events (not shown) in some embodiments.
FIGS. 132—159 depict a number of exemplary DERS editor user interface screens from various DERS editor embodiments which may be displayed when a user is reviewing and/or verifying a drug library for e as a DAL file. Many of the screens shown in FIGS. 132—159 display information about items which require review or have been reviewed. Additionally, many of the screens shown display information about feedback that has been submitted. Many of these screens may be used to edit or request an edit for various items, elements, parameters, etc. in a drug library. In other embodiments, the screens used to edit, review, and/or verify a drug library may differ. In some embodiments, the screens which are presented to a reviewing user and a drug library strator may differ. The s shown in FIGS. 9 may relate to the ?owcharts depicted in FIGS. 23, 24, 26— 28, 32, 36, and 37. id="p-787" id="p-787"
id="p-787"
[00787] 2 s an example ment of a dashboard screen 1590. The dashboard screen shown in 2 is similar to that depicted in . As shown, the example dashboard screen 1590 es an ew widget 1596a, a quick links widget 1596b, a progress widget 1596c, and a feedback widget 1596e. The feedback widget 1596e es feedback from a number of DERS editor reviewer users in the example ment in 2. In some embodiments, the feedback may be displayed in a tabular format. The feedback widget 1596e may e information for each feedback item which may include, drug name, care group, er name, when the feedback was submitted, the change requested (if any), and/or a comment.
The title bar 1572 of the DERS editor user interface may include a task notification 2130. In some embodiments, a task notification 2130 may only be displayed during certain phases of DAL file creation, for example, when the DAL file is being reviewed or verified. A task notification 2130 is included in the title bar 1572 shown in 2. As shown, the task notification 2130 is for new tasks (i.e. tasks since last login). In some embodiments, the task notification 2130 may list all tasks which must be performed by a DERS editor user instead of only new tasks. In some embodiments, a task notification 2130 may only provide notifications for a specific type of task (e. g. update/change requests, feedback items, changes needing review, etc.) A user may click the tasks notification 2130 to view and select a task to perform. 3 depicts an example ment of a dashboard screen 1590. The dashboard screen 1590 shown in 3 is the same as that shown in 2, however, a user has accessed a feedback item in 3. This may, for example, be accomplished by clicking a feedback item in a feedback widget 1596e. In the example embodiment, when a feedback item has been clicked, a review ck window 2140 may be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. This window may include non—summarized information about the feedback item. In the example embodiment, the feedback window 2140 includes the full reviewer comment which is shown abbreviated in the ck widget 1596e. The feedback window 2140 may also include a respond option 2142, a decline or ignore option 2144, and a revise option 2146. Other embodiments may include different options or a different number of options. In some embodiments, a feedback widget 1596e may only be available to users with editing permissions. In some embodiments a feedback widget 1596e may be available to all users. The options ble to an individual user from a particular widget may depend on the privileges assigned to the individual user. For e, a reviewing user may only have a comment option for feedback items in a feedback widget 1596e.
The respond option 2142 may be used to submit a response to the feedback item. The response may be a comment in the form of a text response. Submitting a response, may, in some embodiments, automatically generate an email to the user indicating that their ck item has been responded to. The decline or ignore option 2144 may mark the feedback as an addressed task without making any changes to the drug library. The revise option 2146 may be used to revise the drug library using the feedback ed by a user. In some embodiments, ng the revise option 2146 may cause the entry in the drug library for the parameter, item, element, etc. to be opened so that the user may revise the entry. The entry may, for example, be opened in a drug library entry screen similar to the drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 6. 4 depicts another example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590.
As shown the dashboard screen 1590 includes an overview widget 1596a, quick links widget 1596b, progress widget 1596c, and a feedback and ts widget 1596d. As shown, the feedback and requests widget 1596d includes a section for feedback and for change requests. In some embodiments, the feedback and requests widget 1596d may only show a portion of the feedback items and/or change requests which have been submitted.
The feedback and requests widget 1596d may include a view all option 2150. In the example embodiment, the feedback and ts widget 1596d includes two View all options. One of the View all options 2150 is for Viewing all feedback items and the other is for Viewing all change requests. Other widgets may be similarly configured with a View all option 2150. 5 shows a portion of an example ard screen 1590. The portion of the dashboard screen 1590 shown in 5 is a portion of the dashboard screen 1590 shown in 4. A change request has been accessed using the feedback and requests widget 1596d in 5. This may be accomplished by, for example, clicking on a change request shown in the feedback and requests widget 1596d. Clicking a change t may cause a change request window 2160 to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. The change request window 2160 may identify the specific entry in the drug library for which the request has been ted. In the example change request window 2160, the entry is identified as hydrocortisone in the neonate care area for a continuous infusion clinical use at a concentration of 50mg/250ml. Additionally, a change request window 2160 may provide details about the request. The change request window 2160 may also include the submitting user’s name or user ID and the date of submission for the request.
As shown, the example change request window 2160 includes a decline option 2144 and a View record option 2162. In some embodiments, only a drug library administrator or user with editing permissions may have these options. Options for reViewing users may differ. For example, ing users may only be able to comment by using a comment option.
The decline option 2144 may be used to mark the request as sed t making a change to the drug library. The View record option 2162 may be used to View the specific entry in the drug library for which the request is being submitted. In some ments, ng such a View record option 2162 may cause the entry to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface on a drug library entry screen 1900 similar to the drug library entry screen 1900 in 6. In some embodiments, ng a View record option 2162 may cause a historical record of any changes or modifications to the entry to be displayed. Some embodiments may include different options or a different number of options. For example, some ments may include a respond option similar to the respond option 2142 shown in 3. Some embodiments may include an accept option (not shown in 5) which may be clicked to automatically update the drug library in accordance with the change request. 6 depicts r example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590.
The example ard screen 1590 shown in 6 includes an overview widget 1596a, a CQI widget 1596f, and a change request widget 1596g. A CQI widget 1596f may be a medical data widget which may, for example, include CQI information which may be of interest to the user. For example, a user may be able to choose a CQI report or a n of a CQI report that they would like to be yed in a CQI widget 1596f. In the example embodiment shown in 6, the CQI widget 1596f includes a compliance chart 1990. In some embodiments a report selector 2170 may also be ed in a CQI widget 1596f. A report selector may be used to select a ent CQI report or portion of a CQI report for display in a CQI widget 1596f. A CQI link 2172 is also included in the CQI widget 1596f shown in 6. The CQI link 2172 may be used to open a CQI screen similar to CQI screens 1970 shown in FIGS. 1 on the DERS editor user interface.
A change request widget 1596g may include change requests submitted by DERS editor users. In some embodiments, changes requests may be presented to a user in a tabular format. In the example embodiment, the change request widget 1596g includes a change requests section and a completed requests section. The change request section may display information related to change requests which have not yet been addressed or are in progress. The completed requests section may display information d to change requests which have already been addressed. The change request ation shown in each section may differ. In the example embodiment, the information shown for change requests in each section includes the drug name and an abbreviated description of the change request.
The change request widget 1596g also includes summary information 2174.
In the example embodiment, the summary information 2174 details the total amount of requests for the change request section and completed t section of the change request widget 1596. A view all option 2150 may also be included in a change t widget 1596g. In the e embodiment, two view all options 2150 are included. One of the view all options 2150 may be used to view all change requests which have not been addressed and the other may be used to view all completed change requests. 7 depicts another example embodiment of a ard screen 1590.
As shown, the example dashboard screen 1590 shown in 7 includes an overview widget 1596a, a quick links widget 1596b, a CQI widget 1596f, a change request widget 1596g, and a trends widget 1596h. A trends widget 1596h may be useful when in the process of reviewing a drug library and in identifying where it may be possible to improve the library. A trends widget 1596h may also help in identifying if previous changes have had a desired effect.
] A trends widget 1596h may include information such as a trend ption, number of occurrences and an indicator which conveys whether or not occurrences have increased or decreased. One of the trends shown in the example trends widget 1596h is a dose high soft limit override. The trends widget 1596h shows there were 1257 ences of dose high soft limit overrides. The number of ences may be over a predetermined period of time (e. g. since last DAL file version release). The indicator shown in the example trends widget is a downward facing arrow. This arrow may convey that the rate of occurrence has fallen when compared to a period of time preceding the predetermined period of time. In some embodiments, the arrow may be color coded. For example, a se in the rate of limit overrides may have a rd facing arrow which is green.
An increase in occurrence rate for a limit override may have an upward facing red arrow. A view all option 2150 is also included in the example trends widget 1596h. This option may be used to display all of the available trends.
In some embodiments a user may be able to click trends in a trends widget 1596h to display detailed information related to the trend. For example, if a user were to click the dose high soft limit override trend, a user may be shown a breakdown of soft limit overrides by care area or drug name, or the like. In some embodiments, clicking a trend in the trends widget 1596h may open a CQI screen with a CQI report of the selected trend. 8 depicts an example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590. As shown, the example ard screen 1590 depicted in 8 includes an overview widget 1596a, a quick links widget 1596b, a progress widget 1596c, a CQI widget 1596f, and a change request widget 1596g. As shown, the CQI widget 1596f es a trends section which is similar to the trends widget 1596h shown in 7. The change t widget 1596g includes a view all option 2150. The change request widget 1596g in the example embodiment also includes a change page option 2180. This may allow a user to navigate between a number of pages of change requests. This may be used if a user would prefer not to use the view all option 2150. Some change requests widgets 1596g may only include one of a view all option 2150 or a change page option 2180. Various other widgets may include a change page option 2180 and/or a view all option 2150. 9 depicts an example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590. The example dashboard screen 1590 shown in 9 is a portion of the dashboard screen 1590 depicted in 8. As shown, a change request has been accessed and a change request window 2160 is shown in the example embodiment in 9. The change request window 2160 shown is similar to that shown in 5. 0 s another example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590.
The e dashboard screen 1590, shown in 0, is the same as that shown in 9. The change t window 2160 includes a rationale field 2190. In the example ment, the rationale field 2190 is a reason for declining field. Such a field may be displayed if a user selects the decline option on a change request window 2160. In some embodiments, a user may be required to enter a comment after declining or editing a change request, feedback request, or the like. This may be useful for traceability purposes. Once a user has filled out a rationale field 2190, a user may use an OK option 2192, finish option, accept option or the like to mark the request as addressed and save the text entered in the field. A user may also use a cancel option 2194 if desired. 1 depicts another example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590.
The dashboard screen 1590 show in 1 may be well suited to a reviewing user. As shown, the dashboard screen 1590 es an overview widget 1596a, a progress widget 1596c, a changes to review widget 1596i, and a administrator comments widget 1596j. The changes to review widget 1596i may include a list, table, or the like for all changes which a user is responsible for reviewing. An administrator comments widget 1596j may include comments from an administrator such as a drug library administrator. These comments may include responses to feedback items, explanations from reason for action fields, questions about change requests, or other comments. In some embodiments, an administrator ts widget 1596j may only include comments on feedback items, change requests, etc. ted by the user. id="p-805" id="p-805"
id="p-805"
[00805] 2 depicts an e embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590. The example dashboard screen 1590 shown is the same as the dashboard screen 1590 shown in 1. As shown, a changes to review window 2200 is shown in 2. A changes to review window 2200 may include information identifying what drug library entry the change is being made for. In the example ment, the s to review window 2200 is ying changes for Lidocaine in an ICU for a weight based clinical use at a concentration of 2mg/250ml. The changes to review window 2200 may include more than one change as it does in 2. This may be desirable if more than one change has been made for the same entry. In some embodiments, other s such as feedback window or change request window may e more than one feedback item or change request.
] A user may use the changes to review window 2200 to indicate whether or not they agree that the change should be made. In the example embodiment, a user may check a checkbox next to the proposed change to indicate that they agree that the change should be made. If a user disagrees with a proposed change or believes r discussion is warranted a user may click an add comment option 2202 to submit a comment about the proposed change. In some embodiments, an add a comment option 2202 may be displayed on the DERS editor user interface when a user moves their cursor over a proposed change in a s to review window 2200. A changes to review window 2200 may also include a view record option 2204. The view record option 2004 may be used to view the specific entry in the drug library for which the change is being proposed. In some embodiments, the specific entry may be viewed on a drug library entry screen 1900 (see 6 for example). In some embodiments, clicking such a view record option 2204 may cause the entry to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. In some embodiments, clicking a view record option 2204 may cause a historical record of any changes or modifications to the entry to be displayed. 3 depicts an example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590. The e ard screen 1590 shown in 3 is the same as the dashboard screen 1590 shown in 2. As shown, the changes to review window 2200 includes a comment field 2210 in 3. Such a field may, for example, be displayed if a user clicks a comment option such as the comment option 2202 shown in 2. A user may enter a comment into the comment field 2210 about the change. In the comment, a user may explain why they disagree with or feel a change needs further discussion before approving the change. Once a comment has been d a user may use the save option 2212 to save the comment. This may also mark the change as reviewed. If desired, a user may also use the cancel option 2214 to cancel their addition of a comment.
If more than one change is shown in a window, such as the changes to review window 2200 shown in 3, an undo option 2216 may be displayed in association with each change after it has been addressed. An undo option 2216 may be used to undo any action taken in relation to the . It may also unmark the change as addressed or reviewed. 4 depicts an example dashboard screen 1590. The example dashboard screen 1590 in 4 includes a progress widget 1596c and a changes to review widget 1596i. As shown, the changes to review widget 1596i include a list of s which is displayed in a tabular format. Each drug library entry displayed in the changes to review widget 1596i is expandable. In such embodiments, a window such as the changes to review window 2200 shown in 3 may not be necessary. In some embodiments, a user may click the entry to expand and review the entry. The entry for Lidocaine in the ICU for a weight based clinical use at a concentration of 2g/250ml is shown in an expanded state in 4. In an expanded state, any changes needing review may be shown in the table. A user may review the changes for each entry by checking boxes and entering text in the expanded n of the table. In some embodiments, other windows, such as the feedback window 2140 of 3 or the change t window 2160 of 5 may be replaced by using an expandable table in their tive widgets. 5 depicts another example embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590.
The example dashboard screen 1590 depicted in 5 es an overview widget 1596a, a progress widget 1596b, a recent changes widget 1596k, and a changes in progress widget 15961. Such a dashboard screen 1590 may be well suited for a reviewing user of a drug library. A recent changes widget 1596k may display changes which are new or have been recently proposed (e.g. since last login, in the last week, in the last few days, etc.). A changes in ss widget 15961 may display changes which have been initiated, but not yet been through an entire , verification, and approval process. Changes displayed in the changes in progress widget 1596k may, for example, be s which have already been reviewed by the reviewing user but are awaiting review from other users or waiting for an administrator action. id="p-811" id="p-811"
id="p-811"
[00811] As shown, a change to review window 2200 is also displayed in the example embodiment shown in 5. The change to review window 2200 in 5 differs from that shown in 2 for e. In the example embodiment in 5, the change to review window 2200 includes the proposed new parameter value for the entry in question. The current parameter value is also shown in the change to review window 2200 in 5. The name or user ID of the user who made the change and date on which the change was made may also be shown in some embodiments.
] The change to review window 2200 in 5 es a comment option 2220, a dispute option 2222, and an accept option 2224. The comment option 2220 may be used to make a t on the change being reviewed. The dispute option 2222 may be used if a user feels that a change is improper or needs further discussion. The accept option 2224 may be used if a user feels the change is appropriate and should be made. In some embodiments, a user may be ed to enter a comment after using the dispute option 2222. 6 depicts another embodiment of a dashboard screen 1590. The dashboard screen 1590 shown in 6 is the same as that shown in 5. As shown, a user may use a search bar 1568 on the DERS editor user interface to search for a drug, change, comment, etc. As shown, a user need not type in a full word for a . In the example embodiment, the user has typed in the letters "Acycl" and a list of possible entries with these letters is displayed on the DERS editor user interface. A user may then select a desired entry from the list to view it. This may be useful during review of a drug y if, for example, a user desired to view records to similar drug s in other care areas and any comments or s associated with those entries. This may help provide context to a user when reviewing drug library entries. 7 depicts an example embodiment of a review screen 2230 which may be displayed on a DERS editor user interface. A review screen 2230 may provide a user with a centralized user interface for ing a drug library. A review screen 2230 may be similar to a number of the widgets which may, in some embodiments, be included on a dashboard screen. A review screen 2230 may allow a user to drill down on or filter for certain aspects of the review process. For example, an administrator may be able to view review progress by a desired care area or reviewing user.
A progress indicator 2232 may be included on some review screens 2230. In the example embodiment in 7, a progress indicator 2232 is included. The progress indicator 2232 shown consists of a numerical percentage of the changes which have been reviewed and a progress bar. Other progress indicators 2232 may differ. Some embodiments may also include a progress breakdown display 2234. A progress breakdown y 2234 may for example include at least one of a progress bar or numerical percentage of review ss in association with care area names or reviewing users. In some ments, the progress breakdown display 2234 may be different depending on the review screen 2230 being displayed. For example, a review screen 2230 detailing review progress in a specific care area may include a progress breakdown y 2234 which displays the review progress of reviewing users assigned to that care area.
A review screen 2230 may also include various feedback items, change requests, changes needing , etc. In some embodiments, s ck items, change requests, changes needing review, etc. may be displayed in a review table 2236. In other embodiments, this information may be displayed by another suitable means and not necessarily a review table 2236. In embodiments including a review table 2236, the review table 2236 may include information such as drug name, care area, clinical use, concentration, name of user submitting the change or feedback, when the feedback was ted, etc. If a sufficient number of feedback items, change ts, changes needing review, etc. exist, not all of these may be displayed on the same review screen 2230. In some embodiments a change page option 2238 may be included to allow a user to view additional feedback items, change requests, changes needing review, etc.
In some embodiments a review type filter 2240 may also be included on a review screen 2230. In the example embodiment shown in 7, the review type indicator is included as a part of the review table 2236. A user may select a review type from the review type filter 2240 in order to filter the type of information displayed on the review screen 2230. In the example embodiment, the user may filter such that only feedback items are shown, such that only change requests are shown, or may show both feedback items and change requests. In the example embodiment only feedback items are shown as is ted at the top of the review table 2236. id="p-818" id="p-818"
id="p-818"
[00818] 8 depicts an e embodiment of another review screen 2230.
The example review screen 2230 shown in 8 is a drilled down view of the review screen 2230 shown in 7. As shown, the review screen 2230 shown in 8 displays review information related to a specific reviewing user. In some embodiments, a user may navigate to such a screen by ng on the proper care areas and reviewing users in a ss breakdown display 2234 (see 7 for example) or a number of progress breakdown displays 2234 on ent review screens 2230.
As shown, the example review screen 2230 in 8 includes a progress indicator 2232. The progress indicator 2232 in 8 details the progress of a reviewing user with the user name Jane Doe. An example review screen 2230 detailing the progress of a reviewing user may include a review table 2236 which displays feedback items, change requests, etc. which have been generated by the user. In some embodiments, this ation may be displayed on a review screen 2230 in a fashion other than a table. 9 depicts an example embodiment of a review screen 2230. As shown, the e review screen 2230 in 9 is similar to the example review screen shown in 7. A progress breakdown display 2234 (see 7 for example) is not included in 9. The review type filter 2240 for the review table 2236 in 9 is set so that both feedback items and change requests are displayed. A progress indicator 2232 is also included in 9.
As shown, the entries for various feedback items and change requests in the example review table 2236 shown in 9 are expandable. A user has expanded the entry for imab ICU Non—weight based 50mg/500ml." In the example embodiment in 9, when a user expands an entry, a details window 2250 is displayed for that entry.
The details window 2250 may include specific information about the entry which was expanded. In the e embodiment in 9, the details window 2250 is for a feedback item and includes information identifying the original change and the feedback from the user about the change. Other details windows 2250, for example those for a change request, may include different information. A details window 2250 for a change t may include information such as the original value, the proposed change, and any rationale given by the user proposing the change.
The details window 2250 shown in 9 includes a decline option 2252 and a view record option 2254. A user may use the decline option 2252 to decline to make a change based on the feedback item. In some embodiments, if the decline option 2252 is used, a user may be required to enter a rationale for declining to make any changes. A user may use the view record option 2254 to y the record on the DERS editor user interface. The user may then view the record and make a change if appropriate.
] FIG. l50 depicts r example ment of a review screen 2230. The review screen 2230 is the same as that shown in 9. As shown, a details window 2250 is displayed in 9. The details window 2250 may be an example of a details window 2250 which would be yed if the decline option 2252 in 9 was used.
As shown, the details window 2250 includes a comment field 2260. The user may use the comment field 2260 to enter a rationale for declining to make a change based on the ck item. After entering a comment in the comment field 2260, a user may use the save option 2262 to save the comment. This may also cause the feedback item to be marked as having been addressed by the user. A user may also use the cancel option 2264 if desired. ] 1 depicts an example embodiment of a review screen 2230. The example review screen 2330 shown in 1 is similar to the review screens 2230 shown in FIGS. 147—150. The review screen 2230 shown in 1, however, is more suited for a reviewing user while those shown in 7—150 are more suited for a user with editing permissions such as a drug library administrator.
As shown, the example review screen 2230 includes a progress indicator 2232. The progress indicator 2232 is similar to that shown in 7—150. A review table 2236 is also shown in 1. The review table 2236 may include information about changes needing a user’s review, strator comments on user feedback items, etc. In some embodiments, this information may be displayed in a non—tabular format. In embodiments with a review table 2236, the review table 2236 may e columns for status, care area, drug name, al use, concentration, date submitted, admin comment, etc. A review type filter 2240 may also be included. In the example embodiment, the review type filter 2240 es filtering options for changes to review, admin comments, and an option to show both changes to review and admin comments. The review type filter 2240 has been set to changes to review in 1.
A user may s changes needing review, administrator comments, etc. by clicking on the entry for them in a review table 2236 in some embodiments. This may cause a details window similar to the details window 2250 shown in 0 to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. A reviewing user may then use the s window 2250 to take the appropriate action on the change g review, administrator comment, etc. 2 depicts an example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900 in which a user is in the process of submitting a change request. A user may in some embodiments, review a drug library using drug library entry screens 1900. A user may also submit change requests, feedback items, and change drug entry parameters, items, elements, etc. using drug y entry screens 1900. In some embodiments, the drug library entry screen 1900 for an entry may be yed if a user selects, for example, a view record option such as the view record option 2254 shown in 9. In various embodiments, a user may review a drug y by looking at a drug list 1702 on a drug screen 1700 (see for examples). The drug list 1702 may include indications for each drug as to whether an update/change or task exists for the drug. A user may then click on a drug in the drug list 1702 to display the drug library entry screen 1900 for the drug library entry.
As shown, the drug library entry for dopamine in the care area "4 West" for the peripheral line clinical use at a concentration of 400mg/250ml is being displayed on the drug library entry screen 1900. The drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 2 includes a compare option 1704, an agree with all option 2270, and a submit change request option 2272. In some embodiments, different options or a different number of options may be included on a drug library entry screen 1900. The options shown on a drug library entry screen 1900 may differ depending on the specific drug library entry screen 1900 being displayed, the status of the entry, etc.
] The compare option 1704 may be used to e the drug library entry to another drug y entry. Such a comparison may be similar to the description provided above in relation to 8. In some embodiments, the compare option 1704 may also be used to compare two versions of the same drug entry. For example, a user may compare the drug entry from the current drug library version with the same drug entry including any proposed changes to be included in a future version. id="p-830" id="p-830"
id="p-830"
[00830] The agree with all option 2270 may be used to agree with all changes which have been proposed for a drug entry. In some embodiments, this option may not be displayed and a user may be required to individually agree with each change to the entry.
Additionally, this option may not be displayed if only a single change has been made to the drug library entry. id="p-831" id="p-831"
id="p-831"
[00831] A submit change request option 2272 may be used to submit a change request for a parameter, item, element, etc. in a drug entry. In the example embodiment shown in 2 use of the submit change request option 2272 may cause a details window 2250 to be yed on the DERS editor user interface. The s window 2250 may be used to enter the desired change to the drug entry. In some embodiments a user may need to select a parameter, item, t, etc. for which to open a details window 2250. In the example embodiment shown in 2, a details window 2250 in which a user may change the drug amount in container ter for the drug entry is shown. In a details window 2250 for a change request a user may enter a new parameter value and a rationale for the change in some embodiments. id="p-832" id="p-832"
id="p-832"
[00832] The s window 2250 for a change request may e a submit option 2274 and a cancel option 2276. The submit option 2274 may be used to submit the change request for the drug entry. The cancel option 2276 may be used to cancel the creation of a change request for the drug entry. In some embodiments, using the submit option 2274 may cause a notification to be sent to a user with drug library editing permissions which informs the user that a change request has been submitted. 3 depicts an example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900 in which a user is in the process of submitting a feedback item. The example drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 3 es a compare option 1704 and an agree with all option 2270 which may function similarly to those described in on to 2. The example drug library entry screen 1900 in 3 also includes a provide feedback option 2280. In some embodiments, a provide feedback option 2280 and a submit change request option may both be included on a drug library entry screen 1900. id="p-834" id="p-834"
id="p-834"
[00834] A provide feedback option 2280 may be used to provide a feedback item for a parameter, item, element, etc. in a drug entry. In the example embodiment shown in 3 use of the e feedback option 2280 may cause a details window 2250 to be displayed on the DERS editor user interface. The details window 2250 may be used to enter the desired feedback for the drug entry. In some embodiments a user may need to select a parameter, item, element, etc. for which to open a s window 2250. In the example ment shown in 3, a details window 2250 in which a user may provide feedback for the drug amount in container parameter of the drug entry is shown. In a details window 2250 for a feedback item a user may enter a comment or question. In some embodiments, a user may also be able to suggest a different parameter value. id="p-835" id="p-835"
id="p-835"
[00835] The details window 2250 for a feedback item may include a submit option 2274 and a cancel option 2276. The submit option 2274 may be used to submit the feedback item for the drug entry. The cancel option 2276 may be used to cancel the creation of a feedback item for the drug entry. In some embodiments, using the submit option 2274 may cause a cation to be sent to a user with drug library editing permissions which informs the user that a feedback item has been submitted. 4 s another example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900. The example embodiment shown in 4 depicts a view of a user with editing permissions viewing the change request which was entered in 2. As shown, a details window 2250 for the change request is yed on the DERS editor user interface in 4. In some ments, such a window may be displayed after a user clicks on the parameter value for which the change request has been submitted. In some embodiments, an indicator 2290 which notifies a user a change t, feedback item, etc. has been submitted for an entry may be displayed in association with the entry. A user may click the indicator 2290 to display a details window 2250 for the change request, ck item, etc. As shown, the details window 2250 displays the suggested parameter value change and the rationale for the change. In the example embodiment shown in 4, the details window includes a decline option 2292 and an accept option 2294. If the user disagrees with the change, they may use the decline option 2292. If a user agrees that the change should be made, the user may use the accept option 2294. The accept option may automatically change the parameter to conform to the value suggested in the change request.
In some embodiments, after a change has been made to a drug entry on a drug library entry screen 1900 a user may be required to use a save option 2296 on the drug library entry screen 1900 to save to the change.
FIG. l55 depicts another example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900. The layout of the example drug screen 1900 shown in 5 is different than that shown in FIGS. 152—154. A details window 2250 is shown in 5. The details window 2250 ys information similar to the s window 2250 shown in 4. The details window 2250 also includes a decline option 2292 and an accept option 2294 which may function similarly to those described in relation to 4.
FIG. l56 depicts an example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900. As shown, the e drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 6 is the same as that shown in 5. However, the parameter identified in the details window 2250 for the change request in 5 has been changed. The e drug library entry screen 1900 shown in 6 may be the drug library entry screen 1900 which would be displayed if a user selected the accept option 2294 on the details window 2250 in 4.
As shown, the parameter field for the d parameter may be outlined in a heavy weight line 2300 to draw attention to the change in parameter value. In some embodiments, the heavy weight line 2300 may be colored to draw additional ion. In some embodiments, a previous value message 2302 may be associated with any changed parameter values on a drug library entry screen 1900. Such a previous value message 2302 may fy the us parameter value and identify the drug library version number in which the previous value was used. After changing the desired value or values on a drug library entry screen 1900 a user may use a save option 2296 on a drug library entry screen 1900 to save the changes to the drug library.
FIG. l57 depicts another example embodiment of a drug library entry screen 1900 in which a note is being added to a drug library entry. A note may, for example, be
Claims (14)
1. A medical error reduction system for providing at least one medical device with at least one drug library, the system comprising: a medical error reduction software for use in creating and revising the at least one drug library, the software ured to provide one of a plurality of sets of privileges to each of a plurality of sets of users, each of the plurality of sets of eges arranged to allocate a degree of software functionality to one of the ity of sets of users, the degree of software functionality configured to define the ability of a user to alter the at least one drug library; at least one server; at least one editor computer each of the at least one editor computer comprising a processor in communication with a y, the at least one editor computer and at least one server configured to communicate via a network in a -server based model; and wherein the at least one editor computer is configured to: authenticate a user to determine whether the user has sufficient eges to update the at least one drug library; receive a user input for navigation to a care area list; receive a user selection of a care area from the care area list for updating the care area; display an update request to update a medication record of the care area, wherein the update request includes a comment associated with the update request; receive a user selection of the update request; receive one of an accept, a deny, or a on from the user regarding the update request; when the user selects accept, update the at least one drug library using an editor service of the at least one editor computer; and notify a plurality of users ated with the selected care area about the update to the at least one drug library; and wherein each of the at least one drug library is deployed to the at least one medical device.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein each of the at least one drug library is organized in a hierarchy.
3. The system of claim 2, n the chy includes a plurality of care areas which are subordinate to at least one care group.
4. The system of claim 2, wherein each level of the hierarchy includes a number of delivery parameters for the at least one medical device.
5. The system of claim 1, wherein each of the at least one drug library includes a plurality of entries each corresponding to a specific medicament.
6. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one drug library includes a number of parameters to inform operation of the at least one medical device.
7. The system of claim 1, wherein the drug library includes a plurality of programming limits for the at least one medical device.
8. The system of claim 1, wherein the medical error ion software is further configured to provide quality improvement information to a user.
9. The system of claim 1, wherein at least one of the ity of sets of privileges allocates a drug library review privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users.
10. The system of claim 1, wherein at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges allocates a drug library g privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users.
11. The system of claim 1, wherein at least one of the ity of sets of eges allocates a privilege set editing or creation privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users.
12. The system of claim 1, wherein at least one of the plurality of sets of privileges allocates an add user privilege to one of the plurality of sets of users.
13. The system of claim 1, n the plurality of sets of privileges allocated to each of the plurality of sets of users force a collaborative process between the plurality of sets of users for the creating and revising of the at least one drug library.
14. A medical error reduction system according to claim 1, ntially as herein described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201261740474P | 2012-12-21 | 2012-12-21 | |
| US13/723,253 US11210611B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2012-12-21 | System, method, and apparatus for electronic patient care |
| US13/723,242 US10911515B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2012-12-21 | System, method, and apparatus for electronic patient care |
| US13/723,239 US10108785B2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2012-12-21 | System, method, and apparatus for electronic patient care |
| US13/723,239 | 2012-12-21 | ||
| US13/723,242 | 2012-12-21 | ||
| US61/740,474 | 2012-12-21 | ||
| US13/723,253 | 2012-12-21 | ||
| US13/900,655 | 2013-05-23 | ||
| PCT/US2013/042350 WO2013177357A1 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-05-23 | Method and system for communication between a monitoring client and a base |
| USPCT/US13/42350 | 2013-05-23 | ||
| US13/900,655 US11881307B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-05-23 | System, method, and apparatus for electronic patient care |
| NZ74717013A NZ747170A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-20 | System for reducing medical errors |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| NZ749334A NZ749334A (en) | 2020-10-30 |
| NZ749334B2 true NZ749334B2 (en) | 2021-02-02 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11810653B2 (en) | Computer-implemented method, system, and apparatus for electronic patient care | |
| AU2021277639B2 (en) | Computer-implemented method, system, and apparatus for electronic patient care | |
| US20210365849A1 (en) | Computer-implemented method, system, and apparatus for electronic patient care | |
| US20130204637A1 (en) | Pharmacy workflow management system | |
| US20130197927A1 (en) | Healthcare validation system | |
| US20130197929A1 (en) | Healthcare communication system | |
| US20170011178A1 (en) | Smart phone based multi-patient worklist (spwl) | |
| Hoffman et al. | Safe and successful implementation of CPOE for chemotherapy at a children's cancer center | |
| Monda et al. | Data integrity module for data quality assurance within an e-health system in sub-Saharan Africa | |
| JP2022539040A (en) | Adaptive Control of Medical Devices Based on Clinician Interactions | |
| CA2900666A1 (en) | Pharmacy workflow management system | |
| NZ749334B2 (en) | System for reducing medical errors | |
| Ivanov et al. | Design and development of a system for processing drug prescriptions | |
| WO2014159286A1 (en) | Healthcare communication system |